Click for accessible search Skip Navigation

Research Guides: Art and Architecture

  • A User’s Guide to NYPL for DIY Designers and Artisans

    Design by the Book

    The New York Public Library holds a wealth of unexpected sources of inspiration for artists and designers—from vintage valentines and textile patterns, to fabric samples and turn-of-the-century menus from around the world. For this online-only miniseries, Design by the Book, the Library partnered with the leading design blog Design*Sponge to invite five New York City–based artists to sift through our collections in search of inspiration. Watch as the artists, who range from a glassblower to a letterpress printer, create unique works inspired by what they found. Special guest Isaac Mizrahi joins us in Episode 2 to share his sources of inspiration. You can stream the episodes by clicking the links below; these videos are also available for download from the Library’s iTunesU site.

    Design by the Book was produced by Amy Azzarito and James Murdock, of The New York Public Library Digital Experience Group, with assistance from reference librarian Jessica Pigza, in partnership with Grace Bonney of Design*Sponge. The artists are: Lorena Barrezueta; Rebecca Kutys; Mike Perry; John Pomp; and Julia Rothman. Music by Clear Tigers.

    A User’s Guide to NYPL for DIY Designers and Artisans

    Prepared by Jessica Pigza, General Reference Division

    The New York Public Library has millions of books, magazines, images, and more—all rich sources waiting for your use in creative and unexpected ways. But NYPL can, admittedly, be a complicated institution—different locations, different hours, different types of collections, different online catalogs, and even different rules. So, in hopes of getting you up to speed as painlessly as possible, I’ve put together the following guide to using NYPL. Have fun getting started making the most of our collections in your own creative projects!

    Remember this! Anytime you need help, a good place to go is Ask NYPL. You can call, chat, or email us and we’ll do what we can to put you on the right track in your hunt.

    Get Your Library Card

    NYPL now uses one card. You can find out more about how to apply here.

    Identify What You Need

    NYPL now has one searchable catalog online with two types of materials.

    —“Circulating” just means that you can borrow the item and take it home for a period of time. Each item’s record will list which NYPL location holds that item. You then have the choice of going to that location to pick up the book, or requesting that it be sent to another NYPL location that’s more convenient location for you for pickup.

    —Research Library holdings. Each item’s record will list which NYPL location holds that item. Some items you find in the catalog do not circulate, so in order to use certain items you must go to that specific item’s location. There are four major Research Library locations: Black Culture; Humanities & Social Sciences; Performing Arts; and Science, Industry & Business.

    You can cast the widest net in starting your hunt for materials by doing a KEYWORD search. And once you’ve found some materials that meet your needs, you might want to see what SUBJECT terms have been applied to the stuff that you like so that you can do a SUBJECT search for those terms and see what else NYPL has under these SUBJECTS. Here are just a few sample SUBJECT terms:

    • Bookbinding
    • Handicrafts
    • Dressmaking
    • Printing
    • Sewing

    Here are some tips to help you to interpret and sort your results:

    • Focus on materials from certain time periods. If you want to focus on materials published during specific time periods, there are two ways to do it. You can simply sort all of your results by date and then find your desired time period in the list. Or, you can use the advance search options and enter a specific date range.
    • Looking for images? If what you want are pictures, not just texts, then be sure to look for books that are described as illustrated in the catalog. If you find words like ill. (for illustrations), plates, maps, charts, etc. mentioned in the “Description” line of the book’s catalog record, then that book will contain images.
    • Keep an eye on the details, Once you find something in the catalog that you want to see, make a note of its author, title, call number, and location. It will make the next step— getting your hands on the item— much easier if you have these details at hand. Some Research Library special collection locations (as in rare printed materials, manuscript collections, prints and photographs, etc.) have advance arrangement requirements for access or restrictions to use. So if you aren’t sure about getting access to something, it’s better to call or email ahead and find things so that you can better plan your visit.

    This really isn’t as complicated as it sounds. And if you get stuck, remember that our librarians (both in person and via ASK NYPL) will gladly help you out.

    Visit Your Library

    NYPL consists of 86 libraries in the Bronx, Manhattan, and Staten Island, including four world-acclaimed research libraries and a large network of neighborhood branch libraries. So there’s bound to be a library near your home or workplace. So visit us and learn more! Many NYPL locations have specific subject areas in which they collect. If you are familiar with what types of materials are found at which locations, you can make the most of your library time. Here is information on a handful of strong collections that might interest you:

    • Ethnic Heritage Collections: The Library has built invaluable collections documenting the culture of African Americans, Chinese, Italians, and Puerto Ricans. If you are in search of materials on the culture, language, literature, and history of these populations, don’t forget to investigate these collections; you’ll find them housed at a variety of NYPL locations. Additionally, you’ll find plenty of cultural history materials at the Stephen A. Schwarzman Building (see below).
    • Stephen A. Schwarzman Building: Within this building, located at Fifth Avenue and 42nd Street in Manhattan, you’ll find materials related to all fields in the humanities and social sciences, including art and architecture, local history materials (such as postcards), maps, prints, photography, literature, historic children’s materials, and more. The Stephen A. Schwarzman Building ’s collections page outlines the many different collections within its walls.
    • The New York Public Library for the Performing Arts: Based at Lincoln Center, this library houses the world’s most extensive combination of circulating and non-circulating reference and research materials on music, dance, theatre, recorded sound, and other performing arts. You can learn more about their collections here.
    • Picture Collection: Since its establishment in 1914, NYPL’s Picture Collection—currently housed at the Mid-Manhattan Library—has provided inspiration and visual information for a broad range of endeavors: commercial art, mass market publishing, advertising, fashion design, film, theater, and popular entertainment. The collection is filed by subject and each file’s contents are available for borrowing, with your NYPL Branches Card.
    • Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture: The Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture, located at 515 Malcolm X Boulevard in Harlem, is one of the world’s leading research facilities devoted to the preservation of materials on the global African and African diasporan experiences. The collections here include printed materials, manuscripts and archives, artifacts and art, moving images, and more, and its website offers an overview of their collections.
    • Science, Industry, and Business Library (SIBL): History of science, advertising, natural history, patents, technology, and the textile industry are just a few of the many subjects you can explore at SIBL, located at 34th Street and Madison Avenue in Manhattan. And if you are interested in turning your DIY hobby into an indie business, take advantage of their small business resources, too.

    Visit NYPL Online

    Whether you live in New York City, or anywhere else, The New York Public Library makes many of its collections and resources available on our Web site:

    • The Digital Gallery: This resource provides free and open access to over half-a-million images digitized from the The New York Public Library’s vast collections, including illuminated manuscripts, historical maps, vintage posters, rare prints, photographs and more. The gallery is searchable and browsable, and collection guides act as helpful discovery guides.
    • Online Exhibitions: From interviews with curators, to explorations of the Library’s Treasures, NYPL’s online exhibitions mine the collections to explore art, history, design, culture, and nature. Online exhibitions contains select images that illustrate and elaborate upon the subject at hand. You might find that one of these exhibitions gives you a jump start in the direction you desire.
    • NYPL Blogs: We librarians are always finding stuff in our collections that we want to share, and we’re finding that some of the best show-and-tell platforms are the Library’s own blogs. Here you’ll see posts on a broad variety of subjects, from fashion and art to local history and the world of DIY. The blogs also give you a chance to see if there’s a librarian here who would be a good resource for your project. So check them out!

    Share Your Library-Inspired Creations

    Now it’s your turn! Come in and visit, explore online, or write or call us. Let us know how we can help you in your search. And then get started in your own handmade endeavors. And join our Design by the Book Group on Flickr! It’s an open group, and you can post pictures of your creations there. Be sure to include a caption explaining the part that NYPL played in your project!

  • Apparel, Fashion and Textiles

     

    How do I find industry information for apparel/fashion/textiles?

    See also Helpsheet #7 at the McGraw Desk for additional industry resources.

    Industry Information/Data

    Source

    Location of Source

    General overview: Textiles, Apparel, Leather

    Encyclopedia of Global Industries

    Company/Industry Section; also EIC database: Business & Company Resource Center

    History, projections, leading companies, and analyses of textile mills and products, apparel manufacturing, leather, and footwear

    Manufacturing & Distribution USA

    Company/Industry Section

    Financial and operating data/ratios for companies in apparel and textile industries

    Mergent’s  Industry Review

    Financial Services

    Industry survey and monthly investment review: Apparel & Footwear

    Standard & Poor’s Industry Survey

    Company/Industry Section; also EIC database

    1- page industry analysis/investment advice on “Apparel” and “Textiles”

    Value Line Investment Survey

    Financial Services; consult Index at McGraw Desk; also EIC Database

    Reviews, forecasts, and key indicators for textile/knitting mill products, fabrics, carpets, rugs, and apparel

    WEFA Industrial Monitor

    Company/Industry Section

     

    How do I find out about technologies related to apparel/fashion/textiles?

    To find definitions, descriptions and technical data in the apparel/textile industry, consult ready reference sources such as: Dictionaries and Encyclopedias and Handbooks.

    The following is a selection of resources which can be found in the open-shelf reference collection on the lower level of Science, Industry and Business Library (SIBL). Call numbers are in brackets after the title. Items with call numbers preceded with “*R-SIBL” can be found on the open shelves; numbers without “*R-SIBL” must be requested from the Altman Delivery Desk. Search in the library’s CATNYP catalog or consult with a librarian for more resources.

    Dictionaries and Encyclopedias

    • Dictionary of Fiber and Textile Technology  (*R-SIBL TS1309.D55)
    • Encyclopedia of Textiles  (*R-SIBL TS1309.J47 1992)
    • Encyclopedia of Textiles, Fibers, and Nonwoven Fabrics  (*R-SIBL TS1309.E3)
    • Fairchild Dictionary of Fashion (*R-SIBL TT503.C34)
    • Fairchild Encyclopedia of Accessories (*R-SIBL TT574)
    • Fairchild's Dictionary of Textiles (*R-SIBL TS1309.F34 1996)
    • Fashion Designers   (*R-SIBL TT505.A1.G65 – McGraw Desk)
    • Garment and Textile Dictionary   (*R-SIBL TT494.C66)
    • In An Influential Fashion: An Encyclopedia of Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Fashion Designers and Retailers Who Transformed Dress (*R-SIBL TT505.A1.I5)
    • Thames and Hudson Dictionary of Fashion and Fashion Designers  (*R-SIBL TT507.O53)

    Handbooks

    • American Wool Handbook  (*R-SIBL TS1631.V62)
    • Apparel Design and Production Hand Book: A Technical Reference  (JSE 01-203)
    • Apparel Product Development  (*R-SIBL TT497.J64)
    • Beyond design : the synergy of apparel product development. (*R-SIBL TT497 .K42)
    • Colour Index. 3rd ed. 1971.  (*R-SIBL TP910.S622)
    • Handbook of Technical Textiles  (JSF 01-722)
    • The Spec Manual  (*R-SIBL TT520.B85; includes CD-ROM: (*WSC-2002 ))
    • Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles  (*R-SIBL TS1770.I53.A33)

     

    What are standards and regulations and how do I find out the ones related apparel/fashion/textiles?

    The American Textile Manufacturers Institute (ATMI) defines standards as documented agreements containing technical specifications or other precise criteria to be used consistently as rules, guidelines, or definitions of characteristics, to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purposes.  There are both voluntary and mandatory standards that can also become government regulations.

    See SIBL’s Science & Technology web page on Standards for additional information.

    See also the following for industry specific standards information:

    • ASTM Standards (American Society for Testing Materials) Section 7: Textiles.  See (*R-SIBL TA401.A653) See also: http://www.astm.org/cgi-
      bin/SoftCart.exe/DATABASE.CART/MARKETINGCODES/TX1.htm?U+mystore+osej9290
      for the dates of most current revisions and reapprovals.
    • Code of Federal Regulations: See 16 CFR 1610, 1615-16, 1630-32 for flammability regulations; 16 CFR 300, 303, 423, 500 for care labeling regulations.
    • Fit 2000: The Fit Symposium (http://car.clemson.edu/fit2000/references.htm)
      A bibliography of resources on voluntary standards for body measurements and sizing, garment fit, pattern development, sizing research and grading.
    • Unit Method of Clothing Construction/Iowa State University Press. 1990.  (JSF 93-221)

     

    How do I find names of companies, professionals, manufacturers, buyers, suppliers, competitors and other related contacts in the apparel/fashion/textiles industries?

    Consult:
    1. Trade associations and trade shows
    2. Print and Electronic directories to locate manufacturers, suppliers, competitors, wholesalers
    3. Industry Directories on SIBL’s home page: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/trade/index.cfm

    Other sources include:
    Davison’s Textile Blue Book (Latest ed. At McGraw Desk)

       

      • Professional and Trade Associations

      Listed below is a selected list of associations, including their Web sites, that provides industry statistics, news, surveys and reports:

      General reference sources for additional associations:

      • Encyclopedia of Associations  (*R-SIBL AS22.E5 Latest ed. –  Open Reference Shelves and McGraw Desk)   This directory is also available in the electronic database Gale's Ready Reference Shelf.
      • National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States (*R-SIBL HD2425.D53 – Latest ed. McGraw Desk)

      Tradeshow Resources

      • Expocentral.com (http://www.expocentral.com)
        Information on the textile industry, current trade shows, fairs, exhibitions conventions and conference in the U.S. and other countries.
      • Trade Shows Worldwide (*R-SIBL T394.T723)
      • Tradeshow Week Data Book  (*R-SIBL T394.T725 )
      • TSNN.com - The Ultimate Tradeshow Resource (http://www.tsnn.com/)

       

      • Use Print and Electronic directories to locate manufacturers, suppliers, competitors, wholesalers

      Print Directories

      Consult SIBL’s home page - Research Guides -  Industry Specific Directories for additional resources.

      • Apparel Contractors, Manufacturers, Importers & Exporters (*R-SIBL HD9940.A2.A66 Latest ed.)
      • Apparel Industry Sourcebook  (*R-SIBL TT495.A75 – Latest ed. McGraw Desk)
      • Davison’s Textile Blue Book  (*R-SIBL TS1312.D29 – Latest ed. McGraw Desk)
      • Directory of Apparel Specialty Stores (*R-SIBL HD9940.U3.D49)
      • Garment Manufacturers Index (*R-SIBL TT495.G37)
      • Kompass Professionnel. (France) (*R-SIBL HD9862.3. K656)
      • Mass Merchandisers & Off-price Apparel Buyers (*R-SIBL HD9940. U4 .N47)
      • Men's and Boy's Wear Buyers (*R-SIBL HD9940.U3.M39 Latest ed.) also: Women's and Children's Wear Buyers (*R-SIBL HD9940.U3.N33  Latest ed.)
      • National Register of Apparel Manufacturers (Men/Boys: *R-SIBL HD9940 .U3 .N315)
        (Women’s/Children’s: *R-SIBL HD9940 .U3 .N33)
      • Textile World Blue Book  (*R-SIBL TS1312.A34 – Latest ed. McGraw Desk)
      • Registered Numbers & Wool Products Label Encyclopedia  (*R-SIBL HD9940.U3 .R5 – Latest ed. McGraw Desk) Also available at the website:  (www.ftc.gov/bcp/rn/) .

      Electronic Directories

      These resources are available in the Rohatyn Electronic Information Center (EIC) at SIBL only. The EIC is located on the lower level of the library. From the Electronic Information Center (EIC) menu, Select ‘Electronic Databases’, then ‘Business Resources’, then ‘Company Directories’.

      • Reference USA
        Directory. Provides addresses, sales information, executives, for over 12 million U.S. companies. Searchable by state, city, zip code, and SIC code and yellow page headings/industries such as textile manufacturers. Updated: Monthly. Zip code listing for all 5 boroughs Bronx, Brooklyn, Manhattan, Queens, Staten Island.
      • Thomas Register of American Manufacturers & Thomas Register of European Manufacturers (TREM)
        Directories of manufacturing companies. Thomas Register also has a free web site http://www.thomasregister.com and http://www.tipcoeurope.com/ for searching companies; registration is required. Print version of Thomas Register (U.S.) is on lower level Company/Industry Section, call number *R-SIBL T12.T6. This database is not on all networked computers.

     

    How can I keep current with the latest news and information in the apparel/fashion/textiles industries?

    Indexes and Abstracts

    An index is a print or electronic resource that provides citations to articles published in periodicals, journals or newspapers. Some are general while others are specific in their subject coverage.

    An abstract has all the information provided by an index with the addition of a summary of the article.

    Note: For additional information on Indexes/Abstracts: see: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/science/scindexes.htm

    Guidelines to formulating a search strategy:

    1. Use AND, OR, NOT to combine your keywords: i.e.

      “dyes and finish” will yield articles with both terms
      “apparel or clothing” will yield articles with apparel or clothing or both
      “textiles not wool” will yield articles with textiles without wool

    2. Use truncation or wildcards (usually represented by * or ?) to find terms with similar roots:

      E.g. cloth* with yield articles with cloth, clothes, clothing, etc.

    3. To search a phrase, use quotes: e.g. “screen printing”; “woven fabrics”
    4. To be more specific in a search, limit the search by:

      Language (e.g. English)
      Date (e.g. last 12 months)
      Type (e.g. industry surveys; company overviews)
      Format (e.g. full text)
      Level (secondary; research)

    Selected Electronic Databases Related to apparel/fashion/textiles

    These resources are available in the Rohatyn Electronic Information Center (EIC) at SIBL or are available from home/school/office with an NYPL borrowers card  (*) from the library website, (http://www.nypl.org/databases/index.cfm?act=2&j=home).   See also the Research Libraries listing of online databases: http://www.nypl.org/databases/ for a complete listing of on-site databases.

    Note: For additional information on electronic databases, see: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/science/scieic.htm

    • Textile Technology Digest (EIC)
      Abstracts of articles. Provides international coverage of the literature of textiles and related subjects. Coverage includes the various aspects of textile production and processing, and the automation and management systems of these operations. Includes many of the major resources of the apparel, home furnishings, flooring, and polymer industries.  Also available in print 1944-1983 (JSM 94-760); 1984 – present (JSM 03-54).
    • Women's Wear Daily (WWD) Online (EIC)
      Articles. Full text Database. The fashion industry's daily news source, covering business issues, fashion trends, retailing developments, international ready-to-wear, couture presentations, and market overviews. WWD is written for retailers and manufacturers of women's apparel, accessories, fibers, and textiles. 1994 - Present. Updated: Daily.
      See also WWD Illustrated for illustrations from 1960s-1990s (*R-SIBL HD9940.U52.B79-McGraw Desk)
    • Business & Company Resource Center (EIC) and (*)
      Includes full text industry overviews from the most current edition of Encyclopedia of Global Industries and articles from trade journals such as Women’s Wear Daily (WWD).
    • PROMT (Predicast Overview of Markets and Technology) (EIC)
      Articles. Full Text and Abstract Database. Use this database to research companies, the products and technologies they produce, and the markets in which they compete. Includes summaries and full text from nearly 1,000 business and trade journals, industry newsletters, newspapers, market research studies, news releases, and investment and brokerage firm reports. 1994 - Present. Updated: Daily.

    The following electronic databases also contains relevant articles/reports regarding apparel, fashion and textiles:

    • Applied Science and Technology Abstracts
    • Biography Index (EIC) and Biography Resource Center (EIC) and (*)
      Databases of biographical information on notable people including fashion designers.
    • EBSCOHost (EIC) and (*) (Includes databases such as Academic Search Premier, Business Source Premier, Masterfile Premier, Newspaper Source, and Professional Development Collection.)
    • General BusinessFile ASAP (EIC)
    • Market Research.com Academic and Market Research Monitor (EIC)

    Selected Print Indexes Related to apparel/fashion/textiles

    • Applied Science and Technology Index. 1958 - Present. (*R-SIBL Z7913.I7)
    • Clothing and Textile Arts Index. 1993 (JSM 93-192)
    • Industrial Arts Index. 1913-1957 (*R-SIBL  Z7913.I7)
    • Textile Technology Digest. 1944-1983 (JSM 94-760); 1984 – present (JSM 03-54)
    • World Textile Abstracts. 1969-1984 (JSM 94-751); 1985 – present (*R-SIBL TS1300.W94)

     

    Websites

    Links

  • Architecture: Research Guide

    [Large three-storied building with groups of people in front.], Digital ID 1567930, New York Public Library[Large three-storied building with groups of people in front.], Digital ID 1567930, New York Public LibraryThe process of researching an architectural structure can be challenging, and involves the use of specialized published materials. This guide discusses the strategies for such research, and identifies several key resources that can be found in The New York Public Library. In particular, the Art & Architecture Division has rich collections of materials of interest to architecture students and scholars, and those interested in learning more about the world around them.

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk in Room 300, or e-mail us at artref@nypl.org

     

    Basic Resources

    [View of large house with five arches on ground floor.], Digital ID 1567919, New York Public LibraryCATNYP | Dictionary Catalog | Avery Index to Architectural Periodicals

    CATNYP

    CATNYP is the online catalog of The New York Public Library’s four Research Libraries.  It is easily accessible via the World Wide Web at http://catnyp.nypl.org. For general instructions on using CATNYP, please consult Using the Library's Online Catalog. The following information is specific to the subject of Architectural Research.

    CATNYP allows searching by author, title, keyword, and subject.  A subject search will generally yield good results, but only if you know the appropriate Library of Congress subject headings for your topic.  You will learn more about subject headings in the Research Strategies section of this Guide.

    Architecture Domestic Italy
    Apartment Houses
    Architecture France 17th century
    Architecture New York State New York

    If you do not know the Library of Congress subject headings for your topic, it will be easier to perform a word search. A word search will generally retrieve more items, though many of them may not be relevant. When performing a word search, be sure to use the word "and" between each term:

    Architecture and New York City
    Skyscrapers and United States

    After you retrieve your results in a word search, scan the record of one of the items. You will see the item's subject headings listed, and can then perform a subject search, if desired.

    Dictionary Catalog

    The Dictionary Catalog of the Art and Architecture Division contains some material, cataloged before 1972, not found in the on-line catalog such as periodical articles and some oversized books. This is particularly helpful for turn-of-the-century and early 20th-century architectural articles as well as some rare and valuable books. It is organized by author or subject. Title entries are only listed for works in a series, or a monograph that does not have an author listed.

    The Avery Index

    The Avery Index to Architectural Periodicals is the best resource for finding articles on all aspects of architecture, including architectural aspects of archaeology, interior design, housing, city planning & landscape architecture. The index includes a large number of architects' obituaries, a rich source of biographical information.  The Avery index is available in bound volumes, as well as electronically, for material dating from 1934 to the present.  Electronic access is available from computers in any of the Library’s Reading Rooms.

    Key Reference Titles

    [View of large architectural structure and two men on horseback; two garden plans.], Digital ID 1567909, New York Public Library[View of large architectural structure and two men on horseback; two garden plans.], Digital ID 1567909, New York Public Library

    Encyclopedias & Dictionaries | Periodical Indexes | Other Resources

    Encyclopedias & Dictionaries

    The Macmillan Encyclopedia of Architects ( New York: Free Press: London: Collier Macmillan, 1982)
    Consists of four volumes and is an excellent resource for information on architects. Arranged alphabetically, covering architects internationally through the ages, it features articles with illustrations. At the end of each article is a chronological list of works, followed by a bibliography. All articles are signed. At the back of volume four is an excellent index of buildings by name. This is helpful in locating an individual structure without prior knowledge of the architect.

    Biographical Dictionary of American Architects (Deceased) by Henry Withey (Detroit, MI: Omnigraphics, 1956).
    This work contains entries on nearly two thousand men and women, all deceased. Each entry carries birth and death dates and a short entry on the architect, along with references indicating from where the information was obtained. This is a good source for well-known and more obscure architects.

    Architects in Practice, New York City, 1840-1900 by Dennis Steadman Francis ( New York: Committee for the Preservation of Architectural Records, 1979) Architects in Practice New York City 1900-1940 by James Ward (Union, N.J: J&D Associates, [1989])
    Published for the Committee for the Preservation of Architectural Records, each work follows a similar format. Compiled by searching directories of the five boroughs between 1840 and 1900, Francis’ Directory lists architects with their addresses and room numbers.  Ward's volume includes the firm's official landmarks in New York, when known.

    The Encyclopedia of World Art (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959-1983)
    Comprised of 16 volumes and has excellent articles written and signed by internationally renowned scholars. Accompanied by an extensive bibliography, it includes photographs, plans and sections. The index is extensive and provides access to specific structures listed under their city.  (ie: Florence - Strozzi Chapel.)

    Dictionary of Art (New York: Grove, 1996)
    An update to the Encyclopedia of World Art.  Comprised of 33 volumes, plus an index , architecture is extensively covered. Articles are written by scholars and experts in the field and each one is signed. This resource is also available in electronic format.

    Periodical Indexes

    Oftentimes, an entire book is not written about an architect or a building. This is especially true for lesser known architects and buildings that are not famous. However, you could find within a periodical article floor plans, facade illustrations, and even elevations. And, if the article appears in a journal that is scholarly, there may be footnotes and a bibliography that can lead you to further sources.

    The Avery Index to Architectural Periodicals

    As discussed earlier, this is the single best resource for finding articles on architects or architectural structures. Indexing over 1,000 periodicals published worldwide, its subjects include: archaelogy, architecture, architectural design, city planning, historic preservation, history of architecture, interior design, landscape architecture and urban planning.  In hard copy the index is now up to its seventeenth supplement, published in 1996. The more current electronic version is available from computers in the Library’s reading rooms.

    Art Index ( New York: H.W. Wilson, 1932- )

    Another excellent source for periodical articles, dating back to 1929. Also available electronically, it has many access points from which you can search: author, subject, title words, journal name, organization and year, or any combination of the above. The electronic version is divided into two parts. The Art Index covers 1984 to the present and Art Index Retrospective covers 1929 to 1984.

    (RILA): Repertoire International de la Literature de l'Art (Williamstown, Mass: College Art Association of America, 1975- 1989)

    Repertoire d'Art et d'Archeologie (Paris: Editions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. 1st ser., v.1-68, 1910-64. N.s., v.1- , (annee 1964) 1965- 1989)

    Two additional indexes that were published abroad and include references to foreign language journals. Both are very scholarly. RILA indexes books, periodical articles, conference proceedings, festschriften, collected essays, exhibition catalogues, museum publications, and doctoral dissertations. Some abstracts are provided.

    BHA: The Bibliography of the History of Art = Bibliographie d'Histoire de l'Art (Vandoeuvre-l'es-Nancy, France: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Institut de L'information Scientifique et Technique: Santa Monica, California: J. Paul Getty Trust, Getty Art History Information Program, 1991- ).

    In 1989 RILA and Repertoire merged to form BHA.  Published bilingually in French and English, BHA covers European art from the 4th century to the present, and North & South American art from the European discover of the Americas to the present. It includes the fine arts, decorative & applied arts, industrial design and photography. It is also available in an electronic format (CD Rom) with powerful search capabilities as well as extensive summaries attached to articles.

    Other Resources

    For non-book materials The New York Public Library Artist Files (Alexandria, VA: Chadwyck-Healey Inc., [1989] contain some information on architects. Although concentrating on artists primarily, these microfiche files are a good place to check for ephemeral material: clippings, announcements, newspaper articles, etc. are all included. This file which was developed during the Works Progress Administration. Its coverage ends in 1972.

    Newspaper indexes may also be helpful in tracking down an architect or a specific building. It's possible that when the building was constructed or opened it may have been newsworthy due to the prestigious nature of the architectural firm, prestigious nature of the building, design, cost, etc. In addition to searching national newspapers, newspapers of that city would be particularly useful.  Check the Newspaper Research Guide for assistance in this area.

    Apart from the extensive holdings at The New York Public Library, there are other Art & Architecture Libraries whose holdings should be consulted. In New York City both the Metropolitan Museum of Art as well as the Museum of Modern Art contain many helpful architectural resources for study.

    Research Strategies

    There are five approaches that may be followed when researching a specific building:

    Building Name | Architect's Name | Building Type | Building Style| Geography

    Research Through the Name of the Building

    Famous named structures may be found directly under their own names in CATNYP (i.e., Flatiron Building). You can try both a subject search and a keyword search, to see which produces the best results.

    Listings by building name may also be found in Macmillan Encyclopedia of Architects (see Index of Works in volume 4) and Encyclopedia of World Art.

     

    Research Through the Architect

    This is often the best general approach. If you do not know the name of the architect, and if the building is in New York City, use the AIA Guide to New York City to determine it. There are comparable guides for other major American cities.

    If the structure is a well-known, named building (i.e., Taj Mahal) use the index section in Volume 4 of the Macmillan Encyclopedia of Architects to determine the architect.

    Research Through the Type of Building

    If there is not an entire book on your building, there may be a chapter or section in a broader subject category. Try to find a subject heading that is specific to your building project. Remember that subject headings may vary for the online catalog and for the Dictionary Catalog. Subject headings for the online catalog, CATNYP, should be checked in the volumes of the Library of Congress Subject Headings. For subject headings in the retrospective catalog, consult the Librarian. Subject headings in this guide are for CATNYP. Some examples are:

    • Architecture, Domestic, Italy
    • Architecture, Domestic, Designs and Plans
    • Palaces, Austria, Vienna
    • Cathedrals
    • Skyscrapers
    • Office Buildings
    • Suburban Homes
    • Apartment Houses
    • Bungalows

    Research Through the Period or Style

    To broaden your search still further, approach it through the style or period of architecture. For example:

    • Architecture, Baroque, France
    • Architecture, Renaissance, Italy
    • Architecture, Germany, 18th century
    • Architecture, Oriental

    Research through Geography

    The broadest approach would be to search through the country. However, if your structure is obscure this may be difficult and you may only find a limited amount of information on your building. Please note that as your search gets broader and broader, the amount of information that you find on a specific structure will probably be small.

    • Architecture, Spain
    • Architecture, New York State, New York

    Resources in the Milstein Division of United States History, Local History and Genealogy

    The Milstein Division of US History, Local History and Genealogy, located on the first floor in Room 121, holds many items of interest to those studying architecture of US cities. It is particularly strong in its collections relating to New York City.

    Photographic Views of New York City: 1870’s—1970’s.
    This microfiche collection reproduces over 54,000 original photographs that mark the development of New York City and its architecture. It is indexed by three volumes, organized by street, building and subject.

    Lloyd Acker Collection--Views of New York City Buildings 1935-75. ( *ZI-300)
    This microfilm collection is indexed by street and house number and is valuable for views of facades of less significant buildings.

    Card Index to Illustrations in Books
    Good for researching types of buildings such as hotels, restaurants, monuments, etc.

    Resources in the Map Division

    For the serious researcher, there may be information on buildings in New York city as well as other localities in the United States found in the Sanborn maps and other fire insurance and property atlases. These materials begin in the mid-nineteenth century and may offer street addresses, building footprints, dimensions, block and lot information, heights of buildings and materials used in construction.

    The collection also includes other property maps of New York City, especially Bromley, Hyde, Perris, REDI, Robinson, in addition to the Sanborn maps, at the block and lot level from the 1850s to the present. Property evaluation and ownership data for all five boroughs is available on microfiche.

    Resources available at the Science, Industry and Business Library

    Located at 188 Madison Avenue (between 34th and 35th streets) this library contains some of the materials relating to architectural research. Certain structures such as bridges, airports, arches, etc. are considered engineering projects and materials relating to these, as well as all forms of construction, are found there. Occasionally there is overlap, such as with well-known architects such as Eero Saarinen and the TWA Terminal at Kennedy airport. In these cases, material will be found at both SIBL and in the Art and Architecture Division.

    Where to Go for More Help

    This resource guide is a small sample of what The New York Public Library can offer you in your research. For further assistance, the librarians of The New York Public Library are here to help you.

    Art & Architecture Division, Humanities and Social Sciences Library
    Located in Room 300, the Reference Desk is staffed during all hours the library is open. We can assist you in getting started with your research, or help you with any stumbling blocks you have encountered.

    • Tuesday, Wednesday - 11am-7:30pm; Thursday, Friday, and Saturday - 10am-6pm
    • E-mail Reference Service is also available

    Science, Industry and Business Library, Research Libraries of The New York Public Library

    Research relating to engineering structures such as bridges and airports are covered at SIBL.  Located at 188 Madison Avenue, the Information Services Desk is on the lower level in the Research Library area.

    • Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday 10am- 8pm; Friday and Saturday 10am- 6pm
    • SIBL's Telephone Reference: 212- 592-7000.
    • E-reference form is also available

    ASK NYPL, The New York Public Library
    Ask a Librarian Online enables New York Public Library cardholders to ask questions online and receive answers via e-mail. We can only answer brief factual questions. We may also direct you to sources, such as web pages or print material, where you will find information on your topic.

     

     

    Written by Lee Robinson, Librarian.

  • Art History

    The New York Public Library has the largest publicly accessible collection in the Americas of materials related to the history of art. The majority of publications are located in the Art & Architecture Collection, but other works can be found throughout the Library’s collection.

    Introduction to the Collections

    The New York Public Library has the largest publicly accessible collection in the Americas of materials related to the history of art. The majority of publications are located in the Art & Architecture Collection, but other works can be found throughout the Library’s collections depending on the language which they were published in and if their contents touch on other disciplines. Writings on art go back to antiquity, but over the centuries several significant milestones mark the point at which art historical writing began to develop in earnest. Italian painter and architect Giorgio Vasari (1511-1574) published his Lives of the Most Eminent Italian Architects, Painters, and Sculptors in 1550, with an updated edition in 1568, making it one of the first real works of art historiography. John Ruskin’s Modern Painters (1843) represents another important step in critical writing and evaluation of art and its makers. A number of Enlightenment era and 19th century German scholars, among others, helped establish art history as a historical discipline. By the turn of the 20th century, iconography and connoisseurship had become integral parts of art historical methodology. Art history prospered as a field of academic study after World War II, and theoretical methodologies blossomed from the 1970s onward, to include such diverse approaches as Marxist, feminist, and post-structuralist thought, among others. Most of all, however, art history remains an interdisciplinary study incorporating visual culture and social history perspectives.

    The reference works in this guide, along with selected reference tools for photography research, can all be found in the Art & Architecture Collection Reading Room (Room 300). Other collections that possess art historical materials include Photography, Prints, Spencer Collection, The General Research Division, Rare Books, Manuscripts and Archives, Asian and Middle Eastern Division, Slavic and Baltic Division, and the Jewish Division.

    Compiled by Paula A. Baxter, Art & Architecture Collection, 11/07

     

    Using the Library’s Catalog

    Searching CATNYP by subject heading can yield pertinent titles. The Library of Congress Subject Headings can be consulted for the appropriate entries, and cross-references appear during online searching.

    General subject headings for art history are as follows:

    Art—History

    Art—History—18th century—Pictorial works

    Art—History and criticism

    Art—Themes, motives

    Art Literature

    Artists—United States—Biography

    Works about artists can be accessed by using the artist’s name as a subject and as an author. Subdivisions are made for artists that include categories for biography, catalogue raisonné, and exhibition catalogues, among others:

    Manet, Edouard, 1832-1883

    Manet, Edouard, 1832-1883--Exhibitions

    Newman, Barnett, 1905-1970—Catalogues raisonnés

    Other ways of searching for art historical topics include searching by stylistic period, media, or subject matter:

    Abstract Expressionism

    Angels in art

    Iconography

    Painting, Russian

    Painting, Russian—20th century--Exhibitions

    Primitivism in art

    Sculpture, Modern

    Symbolism in art--Dictionaries

    Keyword searching can be helpful, as long as broad terms are not used. Limit keyword searches to specific words that are as unique as possible to the search topic. Advanced word searching can help locate titles published within a specific range of years.

     

    Research Strategies

    Art historical research tends to follow a set of specific directions depending on the nature of the information sought. Users may work on an individual artist, or a group of artists with common goals, and then find various works about these artists subdivided in the Library’s online catalog by the category of publication about them. When searching, it is important to know the correct spelling of the artists’ last name and/or possible variations, and at least the first initial of that person’s first name. Biographical dictionaries can be consulted to obtain this information.

    Research is often done on specific works of art with interest in uncovering the provenance, or history of ownership, of that work. Reference tools can aid in this discovery, especially of an artist has had a catalogue raisonné written about his works. This tool is the authoritative published research document of an artist’s works, prepared by an expert or experts on the subject. Another research angle related to artists is tracking their exhibition history. Reference compilations exist for important museums and cultural institutions that record their exhibitions and list the artists who participated in those exhibitions.

    Art movements and stylistic periods are also subject to art historical research. The study of signs, symbols, and meanings behind subject matter, known as iconography, is another important category for art historical investigation.

    For further steps on art research methodology, consult the guides How to Research an Artist (link) and How to Research an Architectural Structure. (link) The staff at the reference desk in Room 300 can also assist users in constructing a research strategy. Personal consultations are available for those individuals who have an art research project requiring extensive use of the department’s materials.

    Writing About Art

    Art historical and critical writing share distinctive characteristics related to analysis, style, and description. Two guides serve as the standard models for content:

    Barnet, Sylvan. A Short Guide to Writing About Art. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman and Co., 1989.
    The classic guide, this work provides sample essays on art historical and critical writing, investigates writing a comparison, and treats style and formatting.

    Sayre, Henry M. Writing About Art. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1989.
    This title offers a different pedagogical approach, in which choosing an image, visual information description, medium considerations, historical context, and focusing on a topic are covered.

     

    Key Reference Tools

    Bibliographies

    Art History has generated a number of bibliographies on aspects of the discipline. The following titles, however, represent the most important bibliographies aimed at professional research and documentation:

    Marmor, Max and Alex Ross. Guide to the Literature of Art History 2. Chicago: American Library Association, 2005.
    This nearly 900-page bibliography is testimony to the tremendous increase in publications on art since the 1970s.

    Arntzen, Etta and Robert Rainwater. Guide to the Literature of Art History. Chicago: American Library Association, 1980.
    The leading bibliography used by booksellers and librarians, this guide was compiled from the extensive holdings of the New York Public Library.

    Freitag, Wolfgang M. Art Books: A Basic Bibliography of Monographs on Artists. 2nd Edition. New York: Garland, 1997.
    A key source for important oeuvre and catalogues raisonnés of major artists.

    Jones, Lois Swan. Art Information and the Internet: How to Find it, How to Use it. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx Press, 1999.
    Although dated, this is a commonsense approach to utilizing computer network resources for all types of art research.

    McNulty, Tom. Art Market Research: A Guide to Methods and Sources. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2006.
    The process of art acquisition is documented from gallery to auction house, with looks at terminology, artwork analysis, documentation, and online research.

     

    Biographical Dictionaries

    Hundreds of dictionaries have been produced to document facts about artists’ lives. Many of these tools are specialized in scope and coverage. Nevertheless, a few titles stand out as critical resources for investigation of both well-known and obscure artists. The following is a sample of reference titles with broad to specific coverage:

    Benezit, Emile. Dictionary of Artists. 14 vol. Paris: Éditions Gründ, 2006.
    The long-awaited English translation of Dictionnaire des peintres, sculpteurs, dessinateurs et graveurs, this tool provides international coverage of artists from antiquity to the early-to-mid 20th century. Some entries also contain a reproduction of the artists’ signature.

    Thieme, Ulrich and Felix Becker. Allgemeines Lexikon der bildenden Künstler von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann Verlag, 1992. 37 vol.
    This biographical dictionary is so respected and known within the art field that it is usually referred to as “Thieme-Becker.” Excellent resource for obscure artists. An expanded version, from the publisher K.G. Sauer, has been in process since 1992, in alphabetical progression. They also produced a bio-bibliographic dictionary of the original edition.

    Artist Biographies Master Index. Edited by Barbara McNeil. Detroit: Gale, 1986.
    A good general source for 275,000 names, culled from other biographical reference works

    Folk Artists Biographical Index. Edited by George H. Meyer. Detroit: Gale, 1987.
    A substantial resource on genre artists.

    Groce, George C. and David Wallace. The New-York Historical Society’s Dictionary of Artists in America 1564 – 1860. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1969.
    A time period-specific dictionary with fairly comprehensive coverage.

    Mantle Fielding’s Dictionary of American Painters, Sculptors & Engravers. Edited by Glenn B. Opitz. Poughkeepsie: Apollo Book, 1983.
    A reprint of a classic resource much used by experts in Americana.

    Marlor, Clark S. Brooklyn Artists Index. New York: n.p., 1993.
    A geographical artist biographical dictionary complied from local and regional resources.

    St. James Guide to Black Artists. Edited by Thomas Riggs. Detroit: Gale, 1997.
    Published in association with the NYPL’s Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture.

    Shipp, Steven. Latin American and Caribbean Artists of the Modern Era. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2003.
    Provides entries for 12,700 artists in those geographical regions.

    Who Was Who In American Art. Edited by Peter Hastings Falk. Madison, CT: Sound View Press, 1985. 3 vol.
    Compiled from American Art Annual 1898-1893 and Who’s Who in American Art 1935-1947, among other sources.

    Who’s Who in American Art (Annual) New York: R.R. Bowker, 2007/2008.
    Biographical entries for artists, historians, critics, museum and other professionals; coverage is selective, however, since entrants have to be nominated for inclusion.

    Wood, Christopher. The Dictionary of Victorian Painters. 2nd Edition. Woodbridge, Suffolk: Antique Collectors’ Club, 1987.
    A specialized resource for identifying English painters of the nineteenth century.


    Dictionaries and Encyclopedias

    Comprehensive art encyclopedias seem to come at thirty-year intervals. The most recent venture, The Dictionary of Art, replaces the old Encyclopedia of World Art (1967), which was rigidly Eurocentric and had little information on non-Western art. Art historical investigation has generated vast amounts of specialized dictionaries. The following titles represent some of the best-known reference sources, and are representative of the wealth of subject-specific research tools currently available.

    The Dictionary of Art. Edited By Jane Turner. London: Macmillan, 1996. 34 vol. (index in vol. 34)
    A massive undertaking, this tool is more politically correct in coverage, and utilizes the many methodologies in usage since the 1970s. Excellent biographical entries. Available online through the Library’s Selected Electronic Resources.

    Atkins, Robert. ArtSpeak: A Guide to Contemporary Ideas, Movements, and Buzzwords. New York: Abbeville Press, 1990.
    Demystifies current art lingo in scholarship and the popular press for the neophyte reader.

    Campbell, Gordon. Renaissance Art and Architecture. London: Oxford University Press, 2004.
    Typical of the specialized dictionaries and encyclopedias, with its alphabetical entries and thematic index to terms from this historical period.

    Dempsey, Amy. Styles, Schools and Movements: An Encyclopaedic Guide to Modern Art. London: Thames & Hudson Press, 2002.
    Another historical period interpretive tool for an age with many artistic developments.

    The Encyclopedia of Sculpture. Edited by Antonia Boström. New York: Fitzroy Dearborn, 2004. 3 vol.
    An important resource for artists, movements, terminology, and historical context.

    Frazier. Nancy. The Penguin Concise Dictionary of Art History. New York; London: Penguin, 2000.
    A broad-brush alphabetical coverage of art terms, institutions, movements, and individuals (major artists).

    Kaltenbach, G.E. Dictionary of Pronunciation of Artists’ Names. Chicago: Art Institute of Chicago, 1938.
    A venerable and unique reference tool that still proves useful.

    Mayer, Ralph. A Dictionary of Art Terms and Techniques. New York: Crowell, 1969.
    A classic work, now outdated, but still relevant for older terminology.

    Room, Adrian. A Dictionary of Art Titles: The Origins of the Names and Titles of 3,000 Works of Art. Jefferson, NC: McFarland & Co., 2000.
    Demonstrates just how specialized a reference work can be: explains subject matter and titles of works with iconographic contexts.

    Walker, John A. Glossary of Art, Architecture and Design Since 1945. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1992.
    This dictionary of post-1945 art terms covers much ground, due to the rapid development of trends, technology, and artistic ideology.

     

    Directories

    While the Internet has not been as well developed for art historical investigation as other subject areas, perhaps because of art history’s largely retrospective nature, directory-type information for art business and institutional listings has proliferated. The following three annual compilations represent the major print reference resources for consultation:

    American Art Directory 2007-2008. (Annual) New Providence, NJ: National Register Publishing, 2007.
    Covers art organizations, schools, art councils, general art information, with indexes by subject, personnel, and organization.

    International Directory of Arts. (Annual), 3 vol. Munich: K.G. Saur,
    Lists museums and public galleries, universities, associations, professional specialists, e.g. auctioneers, restorers, publishers, and booksellers. Vol. 3 is an index of persons in institutions and companies.

    Official Museum Directory. (Annual) Washington, D.C.: American Association of Museums.
    Has United States museums listings with scope and contact information.

     

    Exhibition Records

    Important information about artists and art movements can be found in the exhibition records of museums, galleries, and art institutions. These exhibition records can relate history about the institution in question, and document artists who participated in group exhibitions. Museum permanent collection catalogs are another critical resource with information on artistic holdings. The following titles are representative of many other publications that record exhibition information useful in tracking an artist’s career:

    The Annual & Biennial Exhibition Record of the Whitney Museum of Art, 1918-1989. Edited by Peter Hastings Falk. Madison, CT: Sound View Press, 1991.
    Incorporates serial exhibitions of the Whitney Studio Club, 1918-1928; the Whitney Studio Club galleries 1928-1930; and the Whitney Museum 1932-1989.

    The Annual Exhibition Record of the Art Institute of Chicago, 1888-1950. Edited by Peter Hastings Falk. Madison, CT: Sound View Press, 1990.
    Includes the records of three annual exhibition series.

    Cowdrey, Mary B. American Academy of Fine Arts and American Art-Union, 1816-1852. 2 vol. New York: New-York Historical Society, 1953. 2 vol.
    Includes an institutional history and an exhibition record.

    Graves, Algernon. The Royal Academy of Arts: A Complete Dictionary of Contributors and their Works from its Foundation in 1769 to 1904. New York: Burt Franklin, 1972 (reprint of 1905-6 ed.) 4 vol.
    An exhibition record for this time, with a later record for periods in the 20th century.

    Marlor, Clark S. The Society of Independent Artists: The Exhibition Record 1917-2000. Park Ridge, NJ: Noyes Press, 1984.
    Documents exhibitions and participants for this New York-based group.

    Monneret, Jean. Catalogue Raisonné du Salon des Indépendants, 1884-2000. Paris: Salon des Indépendants, 2000.
    Well illustrated with bibliographic references and society history.

     

    Historical Surveys

    Survey texts comprise one of the largest categories of art historical publications. Over the course of the twentieth century, as instruction in art history gained a firm hold in academia, a number of classic textbooks were established. Several of them have been steadily reissued and updated over the decades. The ones listed here have served as texts for introductory art history survey courses around the world. Two more recent textbooks have gained popularity, along with one of the most cogent historiographies of art history:

    Gardner’s Art Through the Ages. 9th Edition. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1991.
    Helen Gardner’s classic text first appeared in 1926 and has been utilized by numerous generations of students.

    Gombrich, E. H. The Story of Art. 16th Edition. London: Phaidon Press, 1995.
    British art historian’s text is used worldwide.

    Honour, Hugh and John Fleming. The Visual Arts: A History. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1982.
    Honour’s various textbooks are popular, while still somewhat Eurocentric.

    Janson’s History of Art: The Western Tradition. 7th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007.
    The late H.W. Janson produced a classic textbook almost universally used in American college survey courses. Later editions have been expanded and updated to include a broader range of historical coverage, particularly for women artists and their contributions.

    Kultermann, Udo. The History of Art History. New York: Abaris Books, 1993.
    Covers the discipline’s interesting historiography.

    The Oxford History of Western Art. Edited by Martin Kemp. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.
    A newer survey history reflecting pedagogical changes in art historical investigation.

    Stokstad, Marilyn. Art History. Upper Saddle River, NJ; New York: Prentice Hall; Abrams, 2002.
    One of the newest historical surveys with an inclusive scope.

     

    Iconography

    One of the most established aspects of art historical investigation is the iconographic study. Signs, allegorical narrative, religious symbols, and other subject matter invested with covert meaning appeared in art works from antiquity to the modern era. Medieval and Renaissance art, in particular, incorporated iconographic imagery. By the twentieth century, handbooks with interpretations of these signs and symbols were devised in an effort to assist art historical research. Many iconographic tools are specialized resources in scope.

    Carr-Gomm, Sarah. The Dictionary of Symbols in Western Art. New York: Facts on File, 1995.
    A good general compilation of major symbols in the arts.

    Ferguson, George Wells. Signs & Symbols in Christian Art. New York: Oxford University Press, 1954.
    A classic reference work for sacred imagery in Christian religious art.

    Hall, James. Dictionary of Subjects and Symbols in Art. New York: Harper & Row, 1979.
    Another popular examination of themes and motifs in art works.

    Impelluso, Lucia. Nature and its Symbols. Los Angeles: J.P. Getty, 2004.
    Covers plants, flowers, fruits, and real and imaginary animals.

    Reid, Jane. The Oxford Guide to Classical Mythology in the Arts, 1300-1990s. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993. 2 vol.
    Provides background to works with iconography from Greek and Roman mythology.

    Schiller, Gertrud. Iconography of Christian Art. Greenwich, CT: New York Graphic Society, 1972. 2 vol.
    A classic scholarly study of imagery from the life of Jesus Christ.

    Tabor, Margaret. The Saints in Art. London: Methuen; Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1969 (reprint of 1908 ed.)
    A venerable study of the attributes and symbols of the Catholic saints.

    Werner, E.T.C. A Dictionary of Chinese Mythology. New York: Julian Press, 1961.
    A specialized handbook for Chinese iconography.

    Whittock, Arnold. Symbols, Signs and Their Meaning. Newton, MA: C.T. Branford Co., 1960.
    Another classic study of symbolism in art with a good introduction.

     

    Locating Journal Articles

    Periodical indexes for art history may be found in the Library’s Selected Electronic Resources page under the category “Art & Architecture.” The following electronic indexes provide access to key journal articles in the discipline:

    Art Index Retrospective
    Indexes articles in over 420 international periodicals, yearbooks, and museum publications for the period 1929-1984.

    Art Full Text
    Continues the indexing of Art Index from 1984 to the present, with full text coverage for some, but not all, titles.

    ARTbibliographies Modern
    Indexes and abstracts periodical article, books, dissertations, and exhibition catalogues relating to twentieth century art, design, and photography movements.

    Bibliography of the History of Art
    Includes and extends the Repertoire d’Art et d’Archeologie from 1973-1989 and the International Repertory of the Literature of Art from 1975-1989 and covers American and European art from antiquity to the present through articles from over 2500 periodicals, books, conference proceedings, dissertations, and exhibition catalogues.

    Index to Nineteenth-Century American Art Periodicals
    Specific index to art periodicals published in the United States between 1840 to 1907.

     

    Visual Electronic Resources

    Databases of visual images have been growing steadily. When indexed and tied to specific art research purposes, these image resources can be very helpful for teaching and presentation.

    ARTstor
    This organization is a not-for-profit scholarly developer and distributor of electronic digital images for art study, gathered from museums and other cultural institutions.
    Users can build their own file of study images.

    Index to Christian Art
    This database was developed by Princeton University’s Index to Christian Art, useful for iconographic study of themes, media, and motifs from Western and Eastern Orthodox Christian belief, covering Early Christian to Medieval art through 1400.

    NYPL Digital Gallery/NYPL Digital Library Collections
    The Library’s searchable database of visual materials documenting culture studies and social history from antiquity to the present. Access to over 450,000 images from the Library’s collections includes illuminated manuscripts, historical maps, vintage posters, rare prints and photographs, illustrated books, and printed ephemera.

     

    Selected Internet Resources

    Art-Guide Collection of Art History Websites
    http://vifa.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/kunst

    The Art History Research Centre
    http://www.harmsen.net/ahrc

    Artcyclopedia
    http://www.artcyclopedia.com/history

    The History of Art Virtual Library
    http://www.chart.ac.uk/vlib

    Mother of All Art and Art History Links Page
    http://www.art-design.umich.edu/mother

    Timeline of Art History/Metropolitan Museum of Art
    www.metmuseum.org/toah/splash.htm

    World Art History Resources

    http://www.art-and-archaeology.com/timelines/worldres.html

  • Auction Sales Indexes: Books, CD-ROM's and Online Services

    The following is a guide to auction sale indexes, price guides and catalogs. Since individual auction houses do not issue their own indexes, the use of these compilations provides the best approach to finding sale information.

    AUCTION SALES INDEXES:
    Books, CD-ROM's and On-Line Services

    1. Chart of Subjects Covered by Various Auction Indexes

    Current Auction Indexes | Retrospective Auction Indexes | Price Guides

    Table 1: Current Auction Indexes for Fine Art & Decorative Art

    Current Paintings Drawings Sculpture Watercolors Prints Photographs Decorative Arts
    Art Price
    Index International
     
     
     
    ADEC    
    *ArtFact  
    Art Sales
    Index
         
    Ceramics & Glass
    Index
               
    Gordons Print
    Price Annual Index
               
    International
    Auction Records Index
       
    Kunstpreis
    Jahrbuch Index
     
    Leonard's
    Index
           
    Print Price
    Index
               
    World Collectors
    Annuary Index
           

    * ArtFact also covers sales of jewelry.

     

    Table 2: Retrospective Auction Indexes for Fine Art & Decorative Art

    Retrospective Paintings Drawings Sculpture Watercolors Prints Photographs Decorative Arts
    Annuaire
    des Ventes
           
    Annuaire International
    des Ventes
       
    Art Price
    Annual
     
    Art Prices
    Current
           
    Art Sales
    By Graves
               
    Artronix Index            
    Repertoire des
    Catalogues de Ventes
       
    Scipio  

    Table 3: Price Guides For Fine Art & Decorative Arts

    Price Guides Paintings Drawings Sculpture Watercolors Prints Decorative Arts
    Davenport's  
    Encyclopedia
    of Modern Art
    Auctions
         
    Jacobsen's      
    Official Guide
    to Fine Art
         
    * Sotheby's International
    Price Guide
             

    * Sotheby's International Price Guide also covers jewelry.

    2. Current Auction Sales Indexes

    Detail of an engraving in
    The Pictorial World,

    October 2, 1875. "Picture
    sale at Christie, Manson & Woods"
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    ART PRICE INDEX INTERNATIONAL by Peter Hastings Falk

    [MAZ+ 93-2082]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1992 to present (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Miniatures
    • Sculpture
    • Watercolors
    • Prints

    Scope: Over 1,500 sales from 366 auction houses representing 27 countries. Includes "bought-ins". Covers all sale prices beginning at $100.00. Very comprehensive.

    ART SALES INDEX by Richard Hislop

    [MAZ 87-1885]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1968 - present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Miniatures
    • Sculpture
    • Watercolours

    Scope: Covers all periods
    Notes: A widely used source. Runs from August to July. Over 100,000 sale results from 1,800 auctions per season. Covers over 27,000 artists. Drawings included from 1976. Bronzes/sculptures included from 1983/1984. Covers only works sold above a certain price. Also available in CD-Rom.

    ADEC (ANNUAIRE DES COTES/ART PRICE ANNUAL)

    [MAZ+ 91-1925]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1988 - present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Prints
    • Photography
    • Drawings
    • Sculpture

    Scope: Covers all periods
    Notes: 1988 covers only French auctions. 1989 to present covers western Europe, North America, Japan & Scandinavia. Entries are in French or English.

    KUNSTPREIS JAHRBUCH

    [MAZ 82-666]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1978/79 to the present. (Annual)
    Supersedes Art Price Annual

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Miniatures
    • Icons
    • Prints
    • Photographs
    • Sculpture
    • Medals
    • Furniture
    • Decorative arts
    • Illuminated manuscripts

    Scope:

    Excellent for coverage of decorative and applied arts. Many items illustrated in black and white reproductions. Includes many German auction houses.

    CERAMICS AND GLASS: INTERNATIONAL AUCTION RECORDS by Sylvio Acatos

    [MAZ 90-2534]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1989 to 1991 (Annual) Ceased publication in 1991.

    Contents:

    • Archeology
    • Porcelain
    • Faience
    • Pottery
    • Terra cotta
    • Glass
    • Stoneware

    Scope: All periods
    Notes: Contains articles, illustrations and glossary of terms. Ceased publication in 1991.

    GORDON'S PRINT PRICE ANNUAL

    [MDCF 78-1170]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1978 to present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Prints

    Notes: Most authoritative and comprehensive source for prints. Contains more than 20,000 entries. Located in the Print Collection, Room 308.

    INTERNATIONAL AUCTION RECORDS by Enrique Mayer

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1967 - present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Prints
    • Drawings
    • Sculpture
    • Watercolors

    Scope: Covers all periods
    Notes: Over 60,000 sale results. Also includes artists in a lower price range. An excellent comprehensive resource. Also available in CD-Rom.

    LEONARD'S INDEX OF ART AUCTIONS

    [MAZ 85-583]
    Auction Houses: American
    Dates Covered: 1980 - present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Sculpture
    • Drawings
    • Mixed media

    Scope: American artists sold in U.S. sales.
    Notes: Provides the most comprehensive coverage of american art provided by any annual. Excellent for lesser known artists since it covers all price ranges. Also available in CD-Rom.

    PHOTOGRAPHIC ART MARKET

    [MFWA 82-1028]
    Auction Houses: Sotheby's, Christie's, Swann Galleries and Butterfield & Butterfield.
    Coverage: 1980 - Present

    Contents:

    • Photographs

    Detail of an engraving in
    The Pictorial World,

    October 2, 1875. "Picture
    sale at Christie, Manson & Woods"
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    PRINT PRICE INDEX '92 by Peter Hastings Falk

    [MDCF 91-2233]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1990 to present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Prints only

    Scope: Covers all periods
    Notes: Main index is by artists. Eight other indexes organized by type of print: Botanical, Sporting, Topographical, Natural History, Japanese, Books, Portfolios, Posters. Located in Print Collection, Room 308.

    WORLD COLLECTORS ANNUARY

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1946/49 to present. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Pastels
    • Drawings
    • Gouaches
    • Watercolours

    Scope: Covers all periods
    Notes: Selected coverage of a limited number of auction houses. Primarily U.S. and Western Europe but includes other countries: Japan, Israel, USSR and Sweden for some years. Contains an index for years 1946-1972.

    3. Retrospective Auction Sales Indexes

    buyer

    Detail of an engraving in
    The Pictorial World,

    October 2, 1875. "Picture
    sale at Christie, Manson & Woods"
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    AMERICAN ART AUCTION CATALOGUES 1785 - 1942, A UNION LIST by Harold Lancour

    [*R-ART]
    Auction Houses: American
    Dates Covered: 1785 to 1942.

    Notes: Compiled from holdings of auction catalogs of NYPL, Library of Congress, the American Antiquarian Society, Frick Art Reference Library and others. List of over 7,000 catalogues owned by 21 libraries. Listing is strictly chronological. Includes an index to more than 60,000 owners names.

    ANNUAIRE INTERNATIONAL DES VENTES by Enrique Mayer

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1963-1966

    Contents:

    • Prints
    • Drawings
    • Watercolors
    • Gouaches
    • Pastels
    • Paintings
    • Sculpture

    Scope: All periods
    Notes: In French [Continued in English as International Auction Records]

    ART PRICE ANNUAL

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1952/53 - to 1977/78 (Annual).
    Continued by Kunstpreis Jahrbuch.

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Miniatures
    • Icons
    • Sculpture
    • Prints
    • Photographs
    • Furniture
    • Iluminated manuscripts
    • Decorative arts

    Scope: Excellent for coverage of decorative and applied arts. Some items accompanied by black and white reproductions. Includes many German auction houses.

    ART PRICES CURRENT

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: Principal London, Continental & American auction houses.
    Dates Covered: 1907-1916. New series begins 1921-1973. (Annual)

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Engravings
    • Miniatures

    Scope: All periods
    Notes: Originally limited to sales conducted by Christie, Manson & Woods, London. New series (1921-1973) increased coverage to include representative prices from sales of Wilkinson & Hodge and Puttic & Simpson. Over the years other houses, primarily London and Scottish were included. Then expanded to include "principal London, Continental and American auction rooms". There is an index to artists and engravers names.

    ART SALES: From Early in the Eighteenth Century To Early in the Twentieth Century (Mostly Old Master & Early English Pictures) by Algernon Graves

    [MAZ]
    Auction Houses: English Auction Houses
    Dates Covered: Early 18th Century to Early Twentieth Century

    Contents:

    • Paintings

    Scope: Mostly Old Master and Early English Pictures
    Notes: In three volumes. Arranged alphabetically by artist then chronologically. All Turner paintings have been omitted.

    ARTRONIX INDEX: Photographs at Auction 1951-1984, Edited by Bhupendra Karia

    [MFW 87-1702]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1951-1984

    Contents:

    • Photographs
    • Albums
    • Books
    • Portfolios
    • Photogravures
    • Daguerreotypes

    Notes: Covers 264 photography auctions. Majority of sales from 1971 when Parke-Bernet began regular photography sales.

    Detail of colored etching and
    aquatint, "Christie's Auction
    Room", by Thomas Rowlandson
    & Augustus Charles Pugin from
    The Microcosm of London,
    Volume 1
    (London: R. Ackerman, 1810).
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    REPERTOIRE DES CATALOGUES DE VENT by Frits Lugt

    [MAZ+]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1600 -1925

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Medallions
    • Cameos
    • Drawings
    • Tapestries
    • Glass
    • Intaglios
    • Antiquities
    • Ceramics
    • Arms
    • Miniatures
    • Prints
    • Objets d'art
    • Bronzes
    • Sculpture
    • Furniture
    • Autographs

    Scope: All periods
    Notes: In French. Each entry includes date, location of sale, name of collector, artist, merchant or proprietor, contents, auctioneers, libraries in which catalogue may be found. Work divided into four volumes: 1st volume covers 1600-1825, second volume covers 1826-1860, third volume covers 1861-1900, fourth covers 1901-1925.

    ART SALES CATALOGUES 1600-1825 ON MICROFICHE

    (Not at NYPL)
    Auction Houses: International
    Coverage: 1600 - 1825
    Notes: This microfiche set reproduces all the text of the 11,065 sale catalogues presented in the first volume of Lugt (see above). Available at the Frick Collection.

    SCIPIO (Sales Catalogs Index Project Input Online)

    [MAZ 88-2402]
    Dates Covered: 1981 to 1985

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Prints
    • Sculpture
    • Ceramics
    • Decorative Arts
    • Furniture
    • Drawings
    • Jewelry
    • Instruments
    • Photographs
    • Silver
    • Watercolors
    • Rugs
    • Arms & Armour

    Notes: The two volumes correspond to the Online Database. Contains holdings of auction catalogs at: Metropolitan Museum of Art, Art Institute of Chicago, Cleveland Museum of Art, and supplemented by Library of the Getty Center and the National Gallery of Art Library. Divided into two sections: main index which runs chronologically, and the subject index which is divided into 41 categories listed in preface. This is a comprehensive listing of sales. It does not index individual objects.

    4. Price Guides

    Detail of colored etching and
    aquatint, "Christie's Auction
    Room", by Thomas Rowlandson
    & Augustus Charles Pugin from
    The Microcosm of London,
    Volume 1
    (London: R. Ackerman, 1810).
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    DAVENPORT'S ART REFERENCE & PRICE GUIDE

    [MAZ+ 90-1037]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1986 - 1990

    Contents:

    • Painting
    • Watercolors
    • Drawings
    • Engravings
    • Lithographs
    • Sculptures

    Scope: European and American market. Primarily 19th and 20th centuries.
    Notes: Contains over 90,000 artists. Artists included must have sold at an auction that produces a catalog and publishes in a major reference book. Each artist contains: birth and death dates, where they lived, subject matters, average prices. Good for finding range of prices for artists works.

    ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MODERN ART AUCTION PRICES by Michele Berard

    [MAZ+ 72-590]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1961 - 1969.

    Contents

    • Drawings
    • Watercolors
    • Paintings
    • Goauches
    • Tempera
    • Pastels

    Scope: Painters since the impressionists.
    Notes: Gives title, date, dimensions, auction house and date, price. In addition gives a little chronological summary of artist's career. Covers only artists who had at least one work auctioned for $2,000 for more.

    JACOBSEN'S PAINTING PRICE GUIDE by Anita Jacobsen

    [MAZ 78-533]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1967 to Present

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Sculpture
    • Bronzes
    • Graphic Arts

    Scope: Covers all periods for American and European artists; strongest in 19th and 20th century. Selected auction and art galleries.

    OFFICIAL GUIDE TO FINE ART

    [*R-ART 88-1911]
    Auction Houses: International
    Coverage: 1980 - 1985

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Drawings
    • Sculpture

    Notes: Serves to give an index of an artist's popularity as it offers a compilation of the high and low price range of an artist's works. Leonard's is the parent volume of this guide.

    SOTHEBY'S INTERNATIONAL PRICE GUIDE

    [MAZ 88-4040]
    Auction Houses: International
    Dates Covered: 1984 to Present

    Contents:

    • Furniture
    • Ceramics
    • Silver
    • Clocks & Watches
    • Jewellery
    • Lacquer
    • Toys & Dolls
    • Decorative Arts
    • Applied Arts
    • Arms & Armor

    Scope: Prices for objects sold at Sotheby's around the world. 1989-1990 edition has over 6,000 of the 100,000 objects sold. Gives date of sale, price, description and all objects are illustrated, some in color. Excellent resource for decorative arts.

    5. Electronic Resources for Auction Sales

    Detail of colored etching and
    aquatint, "Christie's Auction
    Room", by Thomas Rowlandson
    & Augustus Charles Pugin from
    The Microcosm of London,
    Volume 1
    (London: R. Ackerman, 1810).
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    ARTFACT

    Dates Covered: 1986 to present

    Contents:

    • over 1,000,000 auction records
    • fine arts
    • decorative arts
    • full text of catalogue entries
    • contains images

    ARTNET On-Line Services

    Fee based. By subscription.
    Dates Covered: 1985 to present

    Contents:

    • over 1.5 million artworks
    • 500 auction houses in 28 countries
    • over 600,000 full-color images
    • fine arts

    Searchable by:

    • artist name
    • auction house name
    • title key word
    • medium
    • size or price
    • work date and sale date

    ARTNET is not available at NYPL.

    ART SALES INDEX

    Dates Covered: 1990-1995
    Contents:

    • Over 455,000 auction sales
    • 77,000 artists
    • From 10,000 auctions
    • 510 auction houses

    LEONARD'S: Combined Price Index of Art Auctions

    Dates Covered: September 1980-August 1994
    Also includes prices from Leonard's ANNUAL Price Index of Prints, Posters & Photographs. Volumes 1-3, August 1991-June 1994

    MAYER'S International Auction Records

    Dates Covered: 1988 to 1993

    Contents:

    • 400,000 auction records

    Searchable by:

    • artist
    • art form
    • school
    • title of work
    • price
    • year produced
    • sold by
    • city
    • date of sale

    SCIPIO (Sales Catalogs Index Project Input Online)

    [MAZ 88-2402]
    Dates Covered: 1981 to 1985

    Contents:

    • Paintings
    • Prints
    • Sculpture
    • Ceramics
    • Decorative Arts
    • Furniture
    • Drawings
    • Jewelry
    • Instruments
    • Photographs
    • Silver
    • Watercolors
    • Rugs
    • Arms & Armour

    Notes: Contains holdings of auction catalogs at: Metropolitan Museum of Art, Art Institute of Chicago, Cleveland Museum of Art, and supplemented by Library of the Getty Center and the National Gallery of Art Library. Searchable by date of sale, auction house, phrase or word, title, phrase or word, place of sale, collector/seller.

    6. Publications of Sotheby's and Christie's

    Detail of colored etching and
    aquatint, "Christie's Auction
    Room", by Thomas Rowlandson
    & Augustus Charles Pugin from
    The Microcosm of London,
    Volume 1
    (London: R. Ackerman, 1810).
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    SOTHEBY'S PREVIEW

    [JFM 89-36]
    Dates Covered: Nov/Dec. 1986 to present.
    Notes: Good for information on Sotheby's news, and upcoming issues. Includes articles as well as a listing of sales by location and offices worldwide.

    CHRISTIE'S INTERNATIONAL MAGAZINE

    [JFM 88-87]
    Dates Covered: April/May 1984 to present.
    Notes: Good for information on upcoming sale objects, international sales calendar, and international offices. Also contains articles. NYPL chiefly holds American edition.

    SOTHEBY'S ART AT AUCTION

    [MAZ 90-1869]
    Dates Covered: 1986/87 to present. (Annual)
    Notes: Contains the most notable sales for the year, illustrated with color plates. Supercedes Art at Auction. (see below)

    ART AT AUCTION

    [MAZ]
    Dates Covered: 1962/63 to 1985/86. (Annual)
    Notes: Contains Sotheby's most notable sales for the year, illustrated with color and black/white plates. Supercedes Sotheby's annual review of the season (see below).

    SOTHEBY'S ANNUAL REVIEW OF THE SEASON

    [MAZ]
    Dates Covered: 1956/57 - 1961
    Notes: Contains the most notable London sales for the year.

    CHRISTIE'S REVIEW OF THE SEASON

    [MAZ+ 92-886]
    Dates Covered: 1972 to present (Annual)
    Notes: Contains color plates of notable sale items for year. Contains an index. Supercedes Christie's Review of the Year. (see below)

    CHRISTIE'S REVIEW OF THE YEAR

    [MAZ]
    Dates Covered: 1957 to 1970/71. (Annual)
    Notes: Contains notable sales for the year.

    7. Selected List of Sotheby's and Christie's Auction Catalogs at The New York Public Library

    Detail of an engraving in
    The Pictorial World,

    October 2, 1875. "Picture
    sale at Christie, Manson & Woods"
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    The following is a list of some of the most popular Sotheby and Christie auction catalogs, call numbers and acquisition dates for NYPL. The most current--approximately the last six months--can be found in the Periodicals Section, Room 108. Older issuses may be read in the Main Reading Room of the General Research Division. For titles not on this list, check the catalog.

    CHRISTIE'S

    Christie, Manson & Woods, Ltd., (Amsterdam) Auction Catalogs.
    [JFL 86-92]
    Dates: March 21, 1977 to present

    Christie's Swire (Hong Kong) Auction Catalogs
    [JFM 92-703]
    Dates: September 25, 1989 to present

    Christie, Manson, & Woods (London) Auction Catalogs
    [*GH]
    Dates: April 28, 1856 to present

    Christie's Robson Lowe (London) Auction Catalogs
    [JFL 88-93]
    Dates: January 11-12, 1984 to present

    Christie's South Kensington (London) Auction Catalogs
    [JFL 85-292]
    Dates: May 31, 1983 to present

    Christie, Manson & Woods International Inc. (New York) Auction Catalogs
    [JFM 79-197]
    Dates: May 16, 1977 to present

    Christie's East (New York) Auction Catalogs
    [JFM 86-149]
    Dates: April 6, 1979 to present

    SOTHEBY'S

    Sotheby Mak Van Waay B.V. (Amsterdam) Auction Catalogs
    [JFM 86-624]
    Dates: June 19, 1979 to present

    Sotheby, Firm, Auctioneers (London) Auction Catalogs
    [*GH]
    Dates: June 7, 1813 to present

    Sotheby Parke Bernet Inc. (New York) Auction Catalogs
    [JFM 74-147]
    Dates: April 4, 1972 to present

    Supersedes [Parke-Bernet Galleries, inc., New York]
    [*GH]
    Dates: 1938 - March 28, 1972

    Sotheby's Arcade Auctions. (New York) Auction Catalogs
    [In Periodicals Section]
    Dates: Nov. 16, 1985 to present

    NEWSLETTERS/PREVIEWS

    Christie's International Magazine
    [JFM 88-87]
    Dates: April/May 1984 to present

    Christie, Manson & Woods International Inc. Auction News From Christies.
    [In Periodical Division]
    Dates: Jan/Feb 1983 to present

    Sotheby's Newsletter. (New York)
    [JFM 86-445]
    Dates: April, 1981 to present

    Sotheby's (Firm). Sotheby's Preview. (London)
    [JFM 89-36]
    Nov./Dec. 1986 to present


    Written by Lee Robinson, with markup assistance from Caroline Gifford
    June, 1996

  • Classics

    The Research Libraries of The New York Public Library are an important resource for the study of classics in the New York metropolitan area. In addition to retrospective holdings in the subject, NYPL has a strong collection of current classics materials, mostly in English, but in a number of European languages as well.

    This guide is an introduction to classics research at NYPL, particularly on the holdings of the General Research Division. English-language resources are emphasized here, with the more important foreign-language sources mentioned as well. General instructions for locating materials are given in Research Guide, How Do I Find a Book?. For further assistance, consult the librarians at the Information Desk in Room 315.

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk, or e-mail us at grdref@nypl.org

    Art, architecture and archaeology

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Art, Greek
    • Art, Roman
    • Architecture, Greek
    • Architecture, Roman
    • Archaeology, Greece
    • Archaeology, Roman
    • Classical antiquities

    In addition, researchers may want to perform general searches in CATNYP for the following classmark headings:

    • Call number “MT” for archaeology
    • Call number “MQM” for classical architecture
    • Call number “MGH” for classical sculpture
    • Call number “MCD” for ancient painting
    • Call number “MAH” for classical art
    • Call number “MAE” for general history of ancient art

    Bibliography and reference

    Amiet, Pierre, et al. Art in the ancient world: a handbook of styles and forms. New York : Rizzoli, 1981. MAD 89-19612.

    Coulson, William D. E., and Patricia N. Freiert. Greek and Roman Art, Architecture, and Archaeology: An Annotated Bibliography. New York: Garland, 1987. MAH 88-925.

    De Grummond, Nancy Thomson. An encyclopedia of the history of classical archaeology. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1996. *R-BTGP 98-10083.

    Finley, M. I. Atlas of classical archaeology. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977. *R-MT 78-1585.

    Henig, Martin. A handbook of Roman art: a comprehensive survey of all the arts of the Roman world. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1983. 3-MAH 83-1462.

    Mathiesen, Thomas J. A. A Bibliography of Sources for the Study of Ancient Greek Music. Hackensack, NJ: Joseph Boonin, 1974. JMF 77-259.

    Medwid, Linda M. The makers of classical archaeology: a reference work. Hackensack, NJ: J. Boonin, 1974. JFE 01-7228.

    Onians, John. Classical art and the cultures of Greece and Rome. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1999. 3-MAH 99-11540.

    Pollitt, J. J. The art of ancient Greece: sources and documents. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1990. 3-MAH 91-3705.

    Pollitt, J. J. The art of Rome, c. 753 B.C.-337 A.D.: sources and documents. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1960. MAH.

    Preston, Percy. A dictionary of pictorial subjects from classical literature: a guide to their identification in works of art. New York: Scribner's, 1983. MAMZ 84-392.

    Richter, Gisela M. A. A handbook of Greek art. London: Phaidon, 1959. MAH.

    Sherrat, Andrew, ed. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Archaeology. New York: Crown Publishers/Cambridge University Press, 1980. *R-MTD 80-3580.

    Stillwell, Richard, ed. The Princeton encyclopedia of classical sites. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1976. *R-MTG 76-722.

    Van Keuren, Frances. Guide to research in classical art and mythology. Chicago: American Library Association, 1991. MAH 91-8643.

    Historical, methodological and critical studies

    Beard, Mary, and John Henderson. Classical art: from Greece to Rome.  Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001. 3-MAH 01-10120.

    Betts, John H. ed. Classical archaeology in the field: approaches. Bristol: Bristol Classical Press, 2001. JFD 03-10311.

    Biers, William R. Art, artefacts, and chronology in classical archaeology. London; New York: Routledge, 1992. JFD 93-8566.

    Boardman, John. The diffusion of classical art in antiquity. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1994. MAH 95-9181.

    Boardman, John. The Oxford history of classical art. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993. MAH 94-1029.

    Cohen, Beth, ed. Not the classical ideal: Athens and the construction of the other in Greek art. Leiden; Boston: Brill, 2000. JFE 01-5113.

    Curl, James Stevens. Classical architecture: an introduction to its vocabulary and essentials, with a select glossary of terms. London: B.T. Batsford, 1992. MQM 92-17001.

    Fleischer, Jens, John Lund and Marjatta Nielsen, eds. Late antiquity: art in context. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press, University of Copenhagen, 2001. 3-MAH 01-7673.

    Grant, Michael. The visible past: Greek and Roman history from archaeology, 1960-1990. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1990. JFE 90-4777.

    Laing, Lloyd and Jennifer. Ancient art: the challenge to modern thought. Blackrock, Co. Dublin: Irish Academic Press, c1993. MAE 94-6325.

    Pedley, John G. Greek art and archaeology. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1993. JFF 93-537.

    Porphyrios, Demetri. Classical architecture. London: Academy Editions, 1991. MQM+ 92-7570.

    Richter, Gisela M. A. Perspective in Greek and Roman art. London, New York: Phaidon [1970?]. MAH.

    Sauer, Eberhard W., ed. Archaeology and ancient history: breaking down the boundaries. London; New York: Routledge, 2004. JFE 04-7354.

    Sparkes, Brian A. Greek Art. New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. L-11 2064 no. 22.

    Stewart, Peter. Roman art. Oxford [England]; New York: Published for the Classical Association [by] Oxford University Press, 2004. JQE 04-452.

    Tzonis, Alexander, and Liane Lefaivre. Classical architecture: the poetics of order. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, c1986. 3-MQM 86-4934.

    Vassilika, Eleni. Greek and Roman art. Photography by Andrew Morris and Andrew Norman. Cambridge, U.K.; New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press, 1998. 3-MAH 98-10605.

    Educational resources

    Brade-Birks, S. Graham. Teach yourself archaeology. London: English Universities Press, 1953. MT.

    Kenyon, Kathleen Mary, Dame. Beginning in archaeology. New York, F.A. Praeger [1952]. MT.

    Norris, Michael. Greek art: from prehistoric to classical: a resource for educators. New York: Metropolitan Museum of Art, c2000. JQG 01-363.

     

    Biography

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Greece, Biography
    • Rome, Biography

    Bibliography and reference

    Bowder, Diana. Who was who in the Greek world, 776 B.C.-30 B.C. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1982. JFF 96-3888.

    Bowder, Diana. Who was who in the Roman world: 753 B.C.-A.D. 476. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1980. *R-AB 91-7334.

    Briggs, Ward W. Ancient Greek Authors. Detroit, MI: Gale Research, 1997. *R-AB 79-1061 v.176.

    Briggs, Ward W. Biographical dictionary of North American classicists. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. *R-AB 95-5058.

    Briggs, Ward W. Classical scholarship: a biographical encyclopedia. New York: Garland, 1990. JFF 90-855.

    Fraser, P.M. and E. Matthews, eds. A Lexicon of Greek personal names. New York: Oxford University Press, 1987-. APD 88-1608.

    Goulet, Richard. Dictionnaire des philosophes antiques. Paris: CNRS, 1989- . *R-YAE 90-2069.

    Hazel, John. Who's who in the Greek world. New York: Routledge, 2000. *R-AGO 00-2220.

    Hornblower, Simon, and Antony Spawforth. Who's Who in the Classical World. Oxford paperback reference. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. JFD 01-1667.

    Lightman, Marjorie. Biographical Dictionary of Ancient Greek and Roman Women. New York: Facts On File, 2000. *R-SNE 00-2931.

    Radice, Betty. Who's who in the ancient world. New York: Stein and Day, 1971. JFC 75-2008.

    Salisbury, Joyce. Encyclopedia of Women in the Ancient World. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, c2001. JFF 01-3145.

    Biographies

    Toynbee, J. M. C. Roman historical portraits. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1978. MGH 78-1719.

    Davies, J. K. Athenian propertied families: 600-300 B.C. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1971. AVH (Greece) 72-152.

    Develin, Robert. Athenian officials, 684-321 B.C. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1989. JFE 89-4809.

    Grant, Michael. The classical Greeks. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1989. *R-BVC 89-2958.

    Grant, Michael. Greek and Latin authors: 800 B.C.-A.D. 1000. Bronx, NY: H. W. Wilson, 1980. *R-AB 81-24.

    Grant, Michael. The Roman emperors: a biographical guide to the rulers of ancient Rome, 31 B.C.-A.D. 476. New York: Scribner's, 1985. *R-BWH 91-7352.

    Jones, A. H. M. The prosopography of the later Roman empire. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1971-92. JFL 72-5.

    Luce, T. James. Ancient writers: Greece and Rome. New York: Scribner's, 1982. *R-NRC 89-2041.

    Richard, Carl J. Twelve Greeks and Romans who changed the world. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield, 2003. JFE 03-736.

    Richter, Gisela M. A. The portraits of the Greeks. London: Phaidon, 1965. MGH+.

    Historical and critical studies

    Edwards, Mark and Simon Swain, eds. Portraits: biographical representation in the Greek and Latin literature of the Roman Empire. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1997. JFD 97-17767.

    Hägg, Tomas, and Philip Rousseau. Greek biography and panegyric in late antiquity. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2000. JFE 02-9789.

    Lamberton, Robert. Plutarch. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. JFD 02-10534.

    Momigliano, Arnaldo. The development of Greek biography. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1993. JFD 93-12563.

    Scardigli, Barbara. Essays on Plutarch's lives. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. JFD 95-6866.

    Stadter, Philip A., ed. Plutarch and the historical tradition. New York: Routledge, 1992. JFD 92-10052.

     

    Electronic resources

    Note that "dead" links below signify that a resource is not public but is available on-site at the New York Public Library.

    Electronic Texts

    Acta Sanctorum A collection of documents examining the lives of saints, organized according to each saint's feast day, and covers the two January volumes published in 1643 to the Propylaeum to December published in 1940. Subscription required.

    Armarium Labyrinthi: Labyrinth Latin Bookcase (Georgetown University) Links to the Latin Vulgate and other Bibles (e.g., French and German), liturgical texts and Greek and Latin texts deemed to have influence the Latin tradition. Includes links to related sites.

    Bibliotheca Augustana: litteraturae et artis collectio An on-line library of original-language texts, including Greek and Latin. Includes works and fragments of some lesser-known writers.

    Classics Etexts (University of Florida) Provides links to classics texts available on the Web.

    Bibliotheca Latina (University of Wisconsin) A rich collection of links to Latin texts, including medieval, Neo-Latin, and ecclesiastic.

    Bibliothèque Interuniversitaire de Médecine (University of Paris) Scanned facsimiles of works by ancient medical authors, including Hippocrates and Galen.

    The Chicago Homer (Northwestern University) The Chicago Homer is a multilingual database that uses the search and display capabilities of electronic texts to make the distinctive features of Early Greek epic accessible to readers with and without Greek.

    Corpus Scriptorum Latinorum, a digital library covering the entire body of Latin literature, from the earliest epigraphic remains to the Neo-Latinists of the eighteenth century.

    Duke Papyrus Archive (Duke University) Provides electronic access to texts about and images of nearly 1400 papyri from ancient Egypt. The target audience includes: papyrologists, ancient historians, archaeologists, biblical scholars, classicists, Coptologists, Egyptologists, students of literature and religion and all others interested in ancient Egypt.

    Electronic Text Center: Latin Resources (University of Virginia) an on-line collection of classical Latin and neo-Latin texts.

    Internet Ancient History Sourcebook (Fordham University) The Internet Ancient History Sourcebook is a companion to the Internet Medieval Sourcebook and the Internet Modern History Sourcebook. The Medieval Sourcebook is both a classroom resource and the largest collection of online medieval texts. The Ancient and Modern Sourcebooks have a different role: since there are already ample online repositories of texts for these periods, the goal here is to provide and organize texts for use in classroom situations.

    Internet Classics Archive (MIT) Select from a list of 441 works of classical literature by 59 different authors, including user-driven commentary and "reader's choice" Web sites. Mainly Greco-Roman works (some Chinese and Persian), all in English translation.

    Latin Library at Ad Fontes Academy An eclectic and admirably inclusive library of on-line Latin texts.

    Lector Longinquus (Rutgers University) On-line Latin texts at the Center for Electronic Texts in the Humanities.

    Online Medieval & Classical Library (UC Berkeley) A collection of translations of some of the most important literary works of Classical and Medieval civilization.

    Oxford Text Archive Collects, catalogues, and preserves high-quality electronic texts from all periods and in a variety of languages.

    Past Masters A searchable database that contains scholarly texts by major western philosophers, including Plato, Aristotle, Augustine and Aquinas.

    Patrologia Latina An electronic version of the first edition of Jacques-Paul Migne's Patrologia Latina, published between 1844 and 1855, and the four volumes of indexes published between 1862 and 1865. The Patrologia Latina comprises the works of the Church Fathers from Tertullian in 200 AD to the death of Pope Innocent III in 1216.

    Peitho's Web Features texts of major figures in the Greek and Latin rhetorical traditions.

    Perseus Digital Library (Tufts University) A premier Web-based resource for classicists, the Perseus Digital Library offers Greek and Latin texts on-line with English translations. Especially helpful is the variety of tools available to help researchers, including an electronic version of the Liddell-Scott-Jones lexicon, multiple grammars, a morphological analysis function for Greek and Latin words, and flexible search capabilities.

    Thesaurus Linguae Graecae (TLG) Full text database on CD-ROM of primary sources covering Greek literature from Homer (eighth century B.C.) until the closing of the Academy (sixth century A.D.).

    Other resources

    Ancient History and Culture. This database provides a balanced, global view of the ancient world as it explores six ancient centers of civilization—Africa, Egypt, Greece, Rome, Mesoamerica, and Mesopotamia, spanning the period from the early Hominids 3 to 5 million years ago through 1522 CE.

    Ancient World Mapping Center (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Cartography, historical geography and geographic information about the ancient world.

    The Ancient World Web A comprehensive, well organized index of resources relating to all things ancient on the web.

    APIS (Advanced Papyrological Information System) Links together in a single environment various sources of information about texts written on papyrus and the society that produced them. It contains descriptions of the papyri and other written materials in the collections of the participating institutions, digital images of many of these texts, and connections to databases with the texts themselves in their original languages and with bibliography about the texts.

    Bryn Mawr Classical Review The authoritative archive of the Bryn Mawr Classical Review's publication, from 1990 to the present, this site publishes timely reviews of current scholarly work in the field of classical studies (including archaeology).

    Bulletin de Médecine Ancienne The "Ancient Medicine Newsletter," this site hosts a bibliography of research on topics in ancient medicine and offers for free download a handful of relevant texts, mostly scholarly studies.

    Burrowing in Classical Antiquity: A Selective Guide to Internet Resources (University of Florida Libraries) A comprehensive list of Internet resources in classics compiled by Blake Landor, subject bibliographer in classics, philosophy and religion at the University of Florida.

    Classics Page A popular site providing "over 900 pages of news, information, games and controversy about the life, literature, art and archaeology of the ancient world of Greece & Rome."

    Classics Resources (Washington University in St. Louis) A well organized list of links to classics resources on the Web, including Greek and Latin Languages, Greek and Latin authors, Maps and sites of the Ancient World, Classics E-Journals, Medieval Latin Language and Culture, Classics Publishers, and Classics Associations, among others.

    Electronic Resources for Classicists: The Second Generation (UC Irvine) Annotated list of links to classics resources, databases and web projects, home pages, e-publications, publishers and journals, images and more.

    Forum Romanum A collaborative project among scholars, teachers, and students with the broad purpose of bringing classical scholarship out of college libraries and into a more accessible, online medium. Toward this end, the site hosts a number of materials for the classical scholar, including texts, translations, articles, and other pedagogical resources.

    Labyrinth: a world wide web server for Medieval Studies Provides free, organized access to electronic resources in medieval studies, including databases, services, texts, and images on other servers around the world.

    Project Libellus Provides a library of classical Latin (and Greek) texts with minimal redistribution restrictions.

    Sources littéraires - Textes originaux en ligne (U. St. Louis [Brussels]) An expansive list of ancient texts available on the Web.

    Vergil's Home Page (University of Pennsylvania) A source of links to Vergil scholarship on the Web.

    VRoma: A Virtual Community for Teaching and Learning Classics The VRoma Project uses workshops and presentations to engage teachers and students in a virtual community dedicated to using internet technology to foster the teaching and learning of Latin and Roman culture. This web site features various types of resources created by VRomans, including a large archive of digital images relating to classical antiquity, help files and other materials about the MOO, teaching resources and course materials, information about the project and its participants, and relevant links to other sites.

    WESSWeb: Classics Studies Web A selective list of Web-resources in classics.

     

    General reference tools

    General research guides

    Bengston, Hermann. Introduction to ancient history. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1970. JFE 96-7323.

    Halton, Thomas P. Classical scholarship: an annotated bibliography. White Plains, NY: Kraus International Publications, 1986. *RS-BTG 88-1445.

    Jenkins, Fred W. Classical studies: a guide to the reference literature. Englewood, CA: Libraries Unlimited, Inc., 1996. *R-BTG 98-10106.

    Mantello, F. A. C. Medieval Latin: an introduction and bibliographical guide. Washington, DC: Catholic University of America Press, 1996. *RS-RDB 97-3443.

    McGuire, Martin R. An introduction to classical scholarship: a syllabus and bibliographical guide. Washington, DC: Catholic University of America, 1961. *RB-BTG.

    Solomon, Jon. Accessing antiquity: the computerization of classical studies. Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona Press, 1993. JFE 94-4892 and JSE 94-1043.

    Van Keueren, Frances. Guide to research in classical art and mythology. Chicago: American Library Association, 1991. MAH 91-8643.

    Dictionaries and encyclopedias

    Avery, Catherine B. The new century classical handbook. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1962. JFF 95-2159.

    Avi-Yonah, Michael. Illustrated encyclopaedia of the ancient world. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. JFE 96-15323.

    Cotterell, Arthur. Penguin encyclopedia of classical civilization. New York: Viking, 1993. *R-BAE 94-117.

    Grant, Michael. Civilization of the ancient Mediterranean: Greece and Rome. New York: Scribner's, 1988. *R-BTG 89-1571.

    Hammond, N. G. L. Oxford Classical Dictionary. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1970. *R-BTGS 96-16575.

    Pauly, August Friedrich von. Paulys Real-Encyclopäedie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft. Stuttgart, Germany: Metzler, 1894-1978. *R-BTGS.

    Speake, Graham. A dictionary of ancient history. Oxford, England: Blackwell, 1994. *R-BAE 94-3672.

    Ziegler, Konrat. Der kleine Pauly: Lexikon der Antike auf der Grundlage von Pauly's Real-Encyclopäedie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft. Stuttgart, Germany: Alfred Druckenmüller, 1964-1975. *R-BTGS.

     

    Geography, ethnography, and anthropology

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Geography, Ancient
    • Ethnology, Greece
    • Ethnology, Rome
    • Greece, Civilization
    • Rome, Civilization
    • Rome (Italy), Buildings, structures, etc.

    Sourcebooks

    Cole, Thomas. Democritus and the sources of Greek anthropology. Cleveland, OH: Press of Western Reserve University, 1967. RAA.

    Dudley, Donald. Urbs Roma: a source book of classical texts on the city and its monuments. London: Phaidon, 1967. F-11 3187.

    Hipparchus. The geographical fragments of Hipparchus. Edited by D.R. Dicks. London: Athlone Press, 1960. D-12 8105.

    Riese, Alexander, ed. Geographi latini minores. Hildesheim: G. Olms, 1964. D-16 3954.

    Maps, atlases and images

    Cornell, Tim. Atlas of the Roman world. New York: Facts on File, 1982. JFG 82-120.

    Hammond, Nicholas G.L., ed. Atlas of the Greek and Roman World in Antiquity. Park Ridge, NJ: Noyes Press, 1981. Map Div. 84-934.

    Heyden, A.A.M van der, and H.H. Scullard, eds. Atlas of the Classical World. London; New York: Nelson, 1959. G-10 795.

    Jones, Barri. An atlas of Roman Britain. Oxford, England: Blackwell, 1990. Map Div. 90-10987.

    Kiepert, Heinrich. Neuer Atlas von Hellas und den hellenischen Colonieen. Berlin, 1872. BVB++.

    Levi, Peter. Atlas of the Greek world. New York: Facts on File, 1980. Map Div. 83-382.

    Morkot, Robert. The Penguin Historical Atlas of Ancient Greece. London; New York: Penguin, 1996. JFE 96-18213.

    Myers, J. Wilson. The aerial atlas of ancient Crete. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1992. JFG 92-974.

    Oliphant, Margaret. The atlas of the ancient world: charting the great civilizations of the past. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992. JFG 92-1014.

    Schoder, Raymond. Wings over Hellas: ancient Greece from the air. New York: Oxford University Press, 1974. JFE 81-2221.

    Talbert, Richard J. A., ed. Atlas of Classical History. London: Routledge, 1988. Map Div. 91-5122.

    Talbert, Richard J.A., ed. Barrington Atlas of the Greek and Roman World. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2000. *R-BVB 00-12774.

    Bibliography and reference

    Avery, Catherine B. The New Century handbook of classical geography. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1972. JFD 73-3008.

    Grant, Michael. A guide to the ancient world: a dictionary of classical place-names. Bronx, NY: H. W. Wilson, 1986. Map Div. 86-1021.

    Nash, Ernest. Pictorial Dictionary of Ancient Rome. New York: Praeger, 1968. MQM+.

    Platner, Samuel Ball. A Topographical Dictionary of Ancient Rome. Completed and revised by Thomas Ashby. London, Oxford University Press, H. Milford, 1929. MQM.

    Richardson, Lawrence. A new topographical dictionary of ancient Rome. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1992. *R-BWP 93-1541.

    Smith, William, ed. Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography. New York, AMS Press, 1966. *R-Map Div.

    Steinby, Eva. Lexicon topographicum urbis Romae. Vols. 1-2. Rome: Edizioni Quasar, 1993-. JFN 94-39.

    Stillwell, Richard. The Princeton encyclopedia of classical sites. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1976. *R-MTG 76-722.

    Travlos, John. Pictorial dictionary of ancient Athens. New York: Praeger, 1971. MQM+ 72-591.

    Historical and critical studies

    Barrett, Don, Trevor Bryce, and Max Kanowski. A map history of the ancient world. Melbourne, Australia: Longman Cheshire, 1987. Map Div. 90-4029.

    Berggren, J. Lennart, and Alexander Jones. Ptolemy's Geography: an annotated translation of the theoretical chapters. Princeton, N.J. : Princeton University Press, 2000. JFF 01-3065.

    Cary, M. The Geographic Background of Greek & Roman History. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981. JFE 97-6744.

    Clarke, Katherine. Between geography and history: Hellenistic constructions of the Roman world. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999. JFD 00-3960.

    Dueck, Daniela. Strabo of Amasia: a Greek man of letters in Augustan Rome. New York: Routlege, 2000. JFE 00-13525.

    Dougherty, Carol. The raft of Odysseus: the ethnographic imagination of Homer's Odyssey. New York : Oxford University Press, 2001. JFE 01-6837.

    Gardiner-Garden, John R. Greek conceptions on inner Asian geography and ethnography from Ephoros to Eratosthenes. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, Research Institute for Inner Asian Studies, 1987. *ONV 01-2667.

    Gardiner-Garden, John R. Herodotos' contemporaries on Skythian geography and ethnography. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, Research Institute for Inner Asian Studies, 1987. JAX M-929.

    Gernet, Louis. The anthropology of ancient Greece. Translated by John D.B. Hamilton and Blaise Nagy. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, c1981. JFE 82-247.

    Humphreys, S. C. Anthropology and the Greeks. Boston: Routledge & K. Paul, 1978. JFD 78-9354.

    Kluckhohn, Clyde. Anthropology and the classics. Providence, Brown University Press, 1961. D-13 5010.

    Leontis, Artemis. Topographies of Hellenism: mapping the homeland. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1995. JFE 95-9933.

    Luce, J.V. Celebrating Homer's landscapes: Troy and Ithaca revisited. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1998. JFE 99-2715.

    Munson, Rosaria Vignolo. Telling wonders: ethnographic and political discourse in the work of Herodotus. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, 2001. JFE 02-4401.

    Pritchett, W. Kendrick. Studies in Ancient Greek Topography. Berkeley : University of California Press, 1965-. L-11 622.

    Rykwert, Joseph. The idea of a town: the anthropology of urban form in Rome, Italy and the ancient world. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1976. JLF 76-1101.

    Sassi, Maria Michela. The science of man in ancient Greece. Translated by Paul Tucker. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2001. JFE 01-13190.

    Saunders, Catharine. Vergil's primitive Italy. New York: Oxford University Press, 1930. NTM.

    Syme, Ronald. Anatolica: studies in Strabo. Edited by Anthony Birley. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. JFE 95-7346

     

    Greek and Latin Language

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Greek language
    • Latin language

    Dictionaries and Lexicons

    Bauer, Johannes B., and Anneliese Felber. A reverse index of patristic Greek. Graz: Institut für Ökumenische Theologie und Patrologie an der Universität Graz, 1983. JFD 90-9963.

    Chantraine, Pierre. Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue grecque: histoire des mots. Paris: Klincksieck, 1968-80. *R-RCI 75-2564.

    Cunliffe, Richard John. A Lexicon of the Homeric Dialect. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press [1963]. D-14 8567.

    Danker, Frederick William, ed. A Greek-English lexicon of the New Testament and other early Christian literature. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, c2000. *R-*YIE 01-10785.

    Glare, P. G. W. Oxford Latin dictionary. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1982. *R-RDG 83-1077.

    Lampe, G. W. H. A patristic Greek lexicon. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1976. *R-RCH 78-248.

    Lewis, Charleton. A Latin dictionary. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1975. *R-RDG 77-2386 and JFF 92-2013.

    Liddell, Henry George, and Robert Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon. 10th ed. Revised by Henry Stuart Jones with Roderick McKenzie and others. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1996. *R-RCH 96-15743.

    Maltby, Robert. Lexicon of Ancient Latin Etymologies. Leeds: F. Cairns, 1991. JFD 91-3868.

    Neal, Bill. Gardener's Latin: a lexicon. Chapel Hill, NC: Algonquin Books, 1992. JFC 92-2933.

    Sophocles, E.A. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods (from B.C. 146 to A.D. 1100). F. Ungar Pub. Co., [1957]. *RR-RCH.

    Souter, Alexander. A Glossary of Later Latin to 600 A.D. Oxford: Clarendon Press, [1964]. *RR- RDG 72-1677.

    Grammar

    Allen, Joseph. Allen and Greenough's new Latin grammar for schools and colleges: founded on comparative grammar. New Rochelle, NY: Caratzas Brothers, 1983. *R-RDO 85-2900.

    Blass, F., and A. Debrunner. A Greek grammar of the New Testament and other early Christian literature. A translation and revision of the 9th-10th German ed., incorporating supplementary notes of A. Debrunner, by Robert W. Funk. [Chicago]: University of Chicago Press, [1961]. F-10 7134.

    Denniston, J.D. The Greek Particles. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1954. RCO.

    Ehrlich, Eugene. Amo, amas, amat and more: how to use Latin to your own advantage and to the astonishment of others. New York: Harper and Row, 1985. JFD 85-3809.

    Gignac, Francis T. A Grammar of the Greek Papyri of the Roman and Byzantine Periods. Milano: Istituto editoriale cisalpino-La Goliardica, 1976-. JFL 77-422.

    Goodwin, William Watson. Syntax of the moods and tenses of the Greek verb. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1890. RCO.

    Kühner, Raphael. Ausfuhrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache. Hannover, 1869-72. RCO.

    Sihler, Andrew. New comparative grammar of Greek and Latin. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. *R-RCO 95-682.

    Smyth, Herbert Weir. Greek grammar. Revised by Gordon M. Messing. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press [1973, c1956]. JFD 98-1803.

    Threatte, Leslie. Grammar of Attic Inscriptions. Berlin; New York: W. de Gruyter, 1980-1996. JFE 99-4392.

    Wheelock, Frederick [sic] M. Wheelock's Latin grammar. New York, NY: HarperPerennial, 1992. JFE 94-4210.

    Language

    Buck, C.D. The Greek Dialects. [Chicago]: University of Chicago Press, [1955]. *RR-RCS.

    Branyon, Richard A. Latin phrases and quotations. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1997. Pub. Cat. 97-10211.

    Denniston, J.D. The Greek Prose Style. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1952. RCB.

    Hammond, Mason. Latin: a historical and linguistic handbook. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1976. *R-RDB 76-7554.

    Palmer, L. R. The Greek language. London: Bristol, 1996. *R-RC 98-6516.

    Palmer. L. R. The Latin language. London: Faber and Faber, 1966. D-18 3898.

    Stone, Jon R. Latin for the illiterati: exorcizing the ghosts of a dead language. New York: Routledge, 1996. Pub. Cat. 96-10596.

     

    History, politics and society

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Greece, History
    • Rome, History
    • Rome, Politics and Government
    • Greece, Politics and Government
    • Greece, Commerce, History
    • Rome, Commerce, History
    • Greece, Civilization
    • Rome, Civilization

    Sourcebooks

    Austin, M. M. The Hellenistic world from Alexander to the Roman conquest: a selection of ancient sources in translation. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1981. JFE 83-1061.

    Braund, David C. Augustus to Nero: a sourcebook on Roman history. Totowa, NJ: Barnes & Noble, 1985. JFD 86-9842.

    Burstein, Stanley. The Hellenistic age from the battle of Ipsos to the death of Kleopatra VII. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985. JFE 86-5114.

    Campbell, Brian. The Roman army, 31 BC-AD 337: a sourcebook. London: Routledge, 1994. JFD 94-15167.

    Chisholm, Kitty. Rome, the Augustan age: a source book. New York: Oxford University Press, 1981. JFE 88-7289.

    Crawford, Michael. Archaic and classical Greece: a selection of ancient sources in translation. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1983. *R-BVG 91-7322.

    Fornara, Charles. Archaic times to the end of the Peloponnesian War. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1983. JFE 92-6802.

    Gardner, Jane F. The Roman household: a sourcebook. London: Routledge, 1991. JLD 92-7808.

    Harding, Phillip. From the end of the Peloponnesian War to the battle of Ipsus. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985. JFE 88-4362.

    Ireland, S. Roman Britain: a sourcebook. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1986. JFD 96-11979.

    Jones, A. H. M. A history of Rome through the fifth century. New York: Walker, 1968-1970. L-11 2861.

    Levick, Barbara. The government of the Roman empire: a sourcebook. London: Croom Helm, 1985. JFD 87-2776.

    Lewis, Naphtali. Roman civilization: selected readings. New York: Columbia University Press, 1951-59. BWE.

    Meijer, Fik. Trade, transport, and society in the ancient world: a sourcebook. London: Routledge, 1992. JFE 93-7331.

    Rhodes, P. J. The Greek city state: a source book. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press, 1986. JFD 86-7630.

    Shelton, Jo-Ann. As the Romans did: a source book in Roman social history. New York: Oxford University Press, 1988. JFE 88-5121.

    Sherk, Robert K. The Roman empire: Augustus to Hadrian. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1988. JFE 89-4297.

    Stanton, G. R. Athenian politics, c. 800-500 BC: a sourcebook. London: Routledge, 1990. JFD 91-2193.

    Bibliography and reference

    Bubel, Frank. Herodot-Bibliographie, 1980-1988. Hildesheim, Germany: Olms-Weidmann, 1991. JFD 92-7148.

    Bunson, Matthew. Encyclopedia of the Roman Empire. New York: Facts on File, 1994. *R-BWH 98-8232.

    Boardman, John. The Oxford history of the classical world. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. *R-BTG 86-5158.

    Boardman, John, Jasper Griffin, and Oswyn Murray, eds. The Oxford History of Greece and the Hellenistic World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. *R-BVC 98-11879.
     

    Boardman, John, Jasper Griffin, and Oswyn Murray, eds. The Oxford History of the Roman World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. *R-BWH 98-11152.

    Cambridge ancient history. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1923- . *R-BAE.

    The Classical World Bibliography of Greek and Roman History. New York: Garland Pub., 1977. JFE 78-1847.

    Rosser, John H. Historical Dictionary of Byzantium. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2001. *R-BUL 01-7237.

    Scarre, Chris. Smithsonian timelines of the ancient world. New York: Dorling Kindersley, 1991. *R-BAH 93-11079.

    Speake, Graham. A Dictionary of Ancient History. Oxford: Blackwell, 1994. *R-BAE 94-3672.

    Historiography and methodology

    Bengtson, Hermann. Introduction to Ancient History. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1970. *R-BTG 98-10079.

    Cochrane, Charles. Thucydides and the science of history. New York: Russell & Russell, 1965. JFD 94-9920.

    Crawford, Michael. Sources for ancient history. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1983. *R-BAE 91-7339.

    Fehling, Detlev. Herodotus and his 'sources' : citation, invention and narrative art. Liverpool, England: Francis Cairns, 1988. JFD 89-3185.

    Forsythe, Gary. Livy and early Rome: a study in historical method and judgment. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner, 1999. JFE 02-2005.

    Woodman, A.J. Tacitus reviewed. New York : Oxford University Press, 1998. JFD 99-4642.

    Historical studies

    Arnheim, M. T. W. Aristocracy in Greek society. London: Thames and Hudson, 1977. JFD 77-9686.

    Brock, Roger, and Stephen Hodkinson, eds. Alternatives to Athens: varieties of political organization and community in ancient Greece. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. JFE 01-4570.

    Carey, Christopher. Democracy in classical Athens. London: Bristol Classical Press, 2000. JFD 01-5635.

    Cawkwell, George. Thucydides and the Peloponnesian War. New York: Routledge, 1997. JFD 97-20183.

    Flensted-Jensen, Pernille, Thomas Heine Nielsen, and Lene Rubinstein, eds. Polis and politics: studies in ancient Greek history. Copenhagen; Museum Tusculanum Press, 2000. JFF 01-137.

    Garnsey, Peter, and Richard Saller. The Roman Empire: economy, society, and culture. London: Duckworth, 1987. *R-BWEC 92-7891.

    Glover, T. R. Democracy in the ancient world. New York: Cooper Square Publishers, 1966. JLD 83-2293.

    Grote, George. A history of Greece. London: Murray, 1872. JFD 94-5290.

    Jaeger, Mary. Livy's written Rome. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1997. JFE 98-1431.

    McGlew, James F. Tyranny and political culture in ancient Greece. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1993. JFE 94-1937.

    Mitchell, Lynette G., and P.J. Rhodes, eds. The development of the polis in archaic Greece. New York: Routledge, 1997. JFE 97-9484.

    Mommsen, Theodor. The history of Rome. London: R. Bently, 1894. BWB.

    Robinson, Eric. The first democracies: early popular government outside Athens. Stuttgart: F. Steiner, 1997. JFF 97-1439.

    Samuel, Alan. Greek and Roman chronology: calendars and years in classical antiquity. München: C. Beck, 1972. *RS-BTGP.

     

    Literature

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Greek literature
    • Latin literature
    • Greek literature, History and criticism
    • Latin literature, History and criticism
    • Greek literature, Bibliography
    • Latin literature, Bibliography
    • Greek drama
    • Latin drama
    • Epic poetry, Greek
    • Epic poetry, Latin
    • Greek poetry
    • Latin poetry
    • Greek prose literature
    • Latin prose literature
    • Rhetoric, Ancient

    Anthologies and compilations

    Baldwin, Barry. An anthology of Byzantine poetry. Amsterdam: J.C. Gieben, 1985. JFE 86-428.

    Campbell, David A. Greek lyric poetry: a selection of early Greek lyric, elegiac and iambic poetry. Bristol: Bristol Classical Press, 1982. JFD 86-10211.

    Clack, Jerry. An Anthology of Alexandrian poetry. Pittsburgh, PA: Classical World, 1982. JFE 86-3993.

    Cook, Albert and Edwin Dolin, eds. An Anthology of Greek tragedy. Dallas, TX: Spring Pub., [1983], 1972. JFD 85-1647.

    Duff, J. Wight and Arnold M. Duff, eds. Minor Latin poets: in two volumes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1982. *R-NRDZ M666.

    Russell, D.A. An Anthology of Latin prose. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. JFD 90-11356.

    Gerber, Douglas E., ed. Euterpe: an anthology of early Greek lyric, elegiac, and iambic poetry. Amsterdam: Hakkert, 1970. JFF 72-1024.

    Hopkinson, Neil. Greek poetry of the Imperial Period: an anthology. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994. JFC 95-606.

    A Greek anthology. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2002. JFD 02-20487.

    Hansen, William. Anthology of ancient Greek popular literature. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1998. JFE 00-1536.

    Bibliography and reference

    Avery, Catherine B. The new century handbook of Greek literature. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1972. JFD 72-6366.

    Briggs, Ward W.  Ancient Greek authors. Detroit, Mich.: Gale Research, 1997. *R-AB 79-1061 v.176.

    Brown, Andrew. A new companion to Greek tragedy. Totowa, NJ: Barnes and Noble, 1983. JFD 83-4603.

    Donlan, Walter. The classical world bibliography of Vergil. New York: Garland, 1978. JFE 78-2996.

    Donlan, Walter. The classical world bibliography of Greek drama and poetry. New York: Garland Pub., 1977. JFE 78-1855.

    Donlan, Walter. The classical world bibliography of Roman drama and poetry and ancient fiction. New York: Garland Pub., 1977. JFE 78-1487.

    Enciclopedia Virgiliana. Roma: Istituto della Enciclopedia Italiana, 1984-1991. JFM 89-429.

    Fedeli, P. Bibliografia properziana. Assisi, Italy: Tipografia Porziuncola, 1985. JFE 87-1570.

    Feder, Lillian. The handbook of classical literature. New York: Da Capo Press, 1998. *R-NRC 99-5417.

    Gerber, Douglas E. A bibliography of Pindar, 1513-1966. Cleveland, OH: Case Western Reserve University for the American Philological Association, 1969. *RS-NRWO 76-5333.

    Gwinup, Thomas, and Fidelia Dickinson. Greek and Roman Authors: a Checklist of Criticism. 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1982. JFD 89-4715.

    Harrauer, Hermann. A bibliography to Catullus. Hildesheim, Germany: Gerstenberg, 1979. JFD 80-3755.

    Holoka, James. Gaius Valerius Catullus: a systematic bibliography. New York: Garland, 1985. JFD 85-1740.

    Howatson, M. C. The concise Oxford companion to classical literature. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. JFD 93-7903.

    Lehnus, Luigi. Bibliografia Callimachea, 1489-1988. Genova, Italy: Universita di Genova, Facolta di Lettere, 1989. JFD 95-19904.

    Packard, David W. A bibliography of Homeric scholarship. Malibu, CA: Undena, 1974. JFD 76-2584.

    Sienkewicz, Thomas J. The Classical Epic: an Annotated Bibliography. Magill bibliographies. Pasadena, Calif.: Salem Press, 1991. JFE 91-6294.

    Historical and critical studies

    Arnott, W. Geoffrey. Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1975. L-11 2064 no. 9.

    Barsby, John. Ovid. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1978. L-11 2064 no. 12.

    Blass, Friedrich. Die griechische Beredsamkeit in dem Zeitraum von Alexander bis auf Augustus. Ein litterarhistorischer Versuch. Berlin: Weidmann, 1865. NSH.

    Buxton, R. G. A. Sophocles. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1984. L-11 2064 no. 16.

    Conte, Gian B. Latin literature: a history. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1994. *R-NTB 94-10232.

    Dihle, Albrecht. Greek and Latin literature of the Roman empire: from Augustus to Justinian. London: Routledge, 1994. *R-NRC 94-7492.

    Dihle, Albrecht. A history of Greek literature: from Homer to the Hellenistic period. London: Routledge, 1994. *R-NRE 94-13231.

    Dover, K.J., ed. Ancient Greek literature. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997. JFD 98-1853.

    Duff, J. Wight. A literary history of Rome: from the origins to the close of the Golden Age. New York: Barnes and Noble, 1959. *R-NTB 75-5105.

    Duff, J. Wright. A literary history of Rome in the Silver Age: from Tiberius to Hadrian. New York: Barnes and Noble, 1964. *R-NTB 75-755.

    Easterling, P. E. The Cambridge history of classical literature. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1982-85. *R-NRC 82-677. Volume one is Greek literature; volume two is Latin.

    Ferguson, John. Catullus. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1988. L-11 2064 no. 20.

    Hainsworth, J. B. Homer. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1969. L-11 2064 no. 3.

    Hutchinson, G.O. Latin literature from Seneca to Juvenal: a critical study. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1992. JFD 93-6280.

    Ireland, S. Aeschylus. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1986. L-11 2064 no. 18.

    Kennedy, George A. A new history of classical rhetoric. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1994. JFE 95-1270.

    Murphy, James J. and Richard A. Katula, with Forbes I. Hill, Donovan J. Ochs. A synoptic history of classical rhetoric. Mahwah, N.J.: Hermagoras Press, 2003. JFF 03-1343.

    Rose, H. J. A Handbook of Greek Literature: from Homer to the Age of Lucian. 3d , rev. ed. London: Methuen, 1948. D-16 4108. A popular, quick-reference overview of classical Greek literature. Bibliographical references and an index are included.

    Rose, H. J. A handbook of Latin literature: from the earliest times to the death of St. Augustine. London: Methuen, 1958. D-13 7029.

    Schanz, Martin. Geschichte der römischen Literatur bis zum Gesetzgebungswerk des Kaisers Justinian. München: C. H. Beck, 1896-1920. (Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft, Abt. 8). *RS-BTGP. The standard scholarly history of Latin literature; in German.

    Schmid, Wilhelm. Geschichte der griechischen Literatur. München: C. H. Beck, 1940-59. (Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft, Abt. 7). *RS-BTGP. Companion to the above volume, for Greek literature; also in German.

    Syme, Ronald. Tacitus. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1967. *RR-BWHR 72-1731.

    Ussher, R. G. Aristophanes. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1979. L-11 2064 no. 13.

    Williams, Gordon. Horace. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1972. L-11 2064 no. 6.

     

    Mythology, magic and religion

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Magic, Greek
    • Magic, Roman
    • Greece, Religion
    • Rome, Religion
    • Mythology, Greek
    • Mythology, Roman

    Sourcebooks

    Betz, Hans Dieter. The Greek magical papyri in translation, including the Demotic spells. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986. *OBKQ 90-1286.

    Ferguson, John. Greek and Roman religion: a source book. Park Ridge, NJ: Noyes Press, 1980. *R-ZAT 80-3415.

    Gantz, Timothy. Early Greek myth: a guide to the literary and artistic sources. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1993. *R-ZAT 93-9171.

    Kraemer, Ross. Maenads, martyrs, matrons, monastics: a sourcebook on women's religions in the Greco-Roman world. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1988. JFE 89-736.

    Meyer, Marvin. The ancient mysteries: a sourcebook. San Francisco: Harper and Row, 1987. JFE 87-1659.

    Ogden, Daniel. Magic, witchcraft, and ghosts in the Greek and Roman worlds: a sourcebook. New York: Oxford University Press, 2002. JFF 02-5805.

    Rice, David G. and John E. Stambaugh. Sources for the study of Greek religion. Missoula, MT: Scholars Press for the Society of Biblical Literature, 1979. JFE 96-11550.

    Bibliography and reference

    Adkins, Lesley. Dictionary of Roman Religion. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. *R-ZAT 96-1322.

    Avery, Catherine B. The new century handbook of Greek mythology and legend. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1972. *R-ZAT 78-2963.

    Barthell, Edward. Gods and goddesses of ancient Greece. Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami Press, 1971. JFF 73-204.

    Bell, Robert. Dictionary of classical mythology: symbols, attributes and associations. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1982. *R-ZAT 83-1116.

    Bell, Robert. Place-names in classical mythology: Greece. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1989. *R-ZAT 90-1518.

    Bell, Robert. Women of classical mythology: a biographical dictionary. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1991. JFF 91-2762.

    Cohn-Sherbok, Dan and John M. Court, eds. Religious diversity in the Graeco-Roman world: a survey of recent scholarship. Sheffield, England : Sheffield Academic Press, 2001. JFE 02-13552.

    Coulter, Charles Russell and Patricia Turner.  Encyclopedia of Ancient Deities. Jefferson, NC; London: McFarland, 2000. *R-ZBC 00-586.

    Donlan, Walter. The Classical world bibliography of philosophy, religion, and rhetoric. New York: Garland Pub., 1977. *RS-YAE 00-10660.

    Grant, Michael. Who's who in classical mythology. London: Routledge, 1994. JFE 95-16112.

    Grimal, Pierre. A concise dictionary of classical mythology. Translated by A. R. Maxwell-Hyslop. Edited by Stephen Kershaw. New York: Blackwell, 1996. *R-ZBC 90-11211.

    Latte, Kurt. Römische Religionsgeschichte. Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft; 5. Abt., 4. T. München : Beck, 1960. JFM 99-106.

    Motte, André. Mentor: Guide bibliographique de la religion grecque. Liège, France: Universitè de Liège, 1992. JFL 01-15.

    Nilsson, Martin P. Geschichte der griechischen Religion. Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft; 5. Abt., 2. T. München: Beck, 1955. JFM 99-106.

    Parada, Carlos. Genealogical Guide to Greek Mythology. Jonsered, Sweden: Paul Åströms, 1993. M-11 1087 v.107.

    Reid, Jane D. The Oxford guide to classical mythology in the arts, 1300-1990's. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993. MAMZ 93-8957.

    Roscher, Wilhem Heinrich. Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner, 1884-1937. JFE 98-4478.

    Sienkewicz, Thomas J. World mythology: an annotated guide to collections and anthologies. The Magill bibliographies. Lanham, Md. Pasadena, Calif.: Scarecrow Press; Salem Press, 1996. *RS-ZBB 98-3402.

    Historical and critical studies

    Burkert, Walter. Ancient mystery cults. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987. JFE 87-6386.

    Cosmopoulos, Michael B. Greek mysteries: the archaeology and ritual of ancient Greek secret cults. London; New York: Routledge, 2003. JFE 03-1957.

    Cook, A.B. Zeus: A Study in Ancient Religion. New York: Biblo and Tannen, 1964-65. JFE 02-841.

    Croke, Brian. Religious conflict in fourth century Rome: a documentary study. Sydney, Australia: Sydney University Press, 1982. JFD 88-6624.

    Dickie, Matthew W. Magic and magicians in the Greco-Roman world. London; New York: Routledge, 2001. JFE 04-1054.

    Dowden, Ken. The uses of Greek mythology. London; New York: Routledge, 1992. JFD 92-16121.

    Easterling, P.E. and J.V. Muir, eds. Greek religion and society. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985. JFE 85-3371.

    Faraone, Christopher A. Ancient Greek love magic. Cambridge, MA; London: Harvard University Press, 1999. JFE 99-12497.

    Faraone, Christopher A., and Dirk Obbink. Magika hiera: ancient Greek magic and religion. New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. JFE 91-2376.

    Farnell, Lewis Richard. Cults of the Greek States. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1896-1909. ZAT.

    Fontenrose, Joseph. The Delphic Oracle: Its Responses and Operations. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978. JFE 79-1056.

    Luck, Georg. Arcana mundi: magic and the occult in the Greek and Roman worlds. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1985. JFE 85-4859.

    Nilsson, Martin P. Greek folk religion. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998. *R-ZAT 99-12167.

    Ogden, Daniel. Greek and Roman necromancy. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2001. JFE 02-7366.

    Parke, H.W., and D.E.W. Wormell. The Delphic Oracle. Oxford, Blackwell, 1956. D-10 2777.

    Parker, Robert. Athenian religion: a history. Oxford: Clarendon Press; New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. JFE 96-11265.

    Parker, Robert. Miasma: pollution and purification in early Greek religion. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1983. JFD 83-7758.

    Versnel, H.S., ed. Faith, hope and worship: aspects of religious mentality in the ancient world. Leiden: Brill, 1981. JFL 82-199 v.2.

     

    Numismatics

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Coins, Classical
    • Coins, Greek
    • Coins, Roman
    • Numismatics

    In addition, researchers may want to perform general searches in CATNYP for the following classmark headings:

    • Call number “MHL” for ancient numismatics
    • Call number “MHM” for Greek numismatics
    • Call number “MHN” for Roman numismatics
    • Call number “MHO” for Byzantine numismatics

    Sourcebooks

    Jones, John R. Testimonia numaria: Greek and Latin texts concerning ancient Greek coinage. London: Spink, 1993. JFL 93-624.

    Bibliography and reference

    Krause, Hermann. Numismatisches Wörterbuch. Deutsch-englisch, englisch-deutsch. München: E. Battenberg, 1971. JFD 75-8648.

    Malter, Joel L. Byzantine numismatic bibliography, 1950-1965. Chicago: Argonaut, 1968. D-18 8897.

    Historical, methodological and critical studies

    Balmuth, Miriam S., ed. Hacksilber to coinage: new insights into the monetary history of the Near East and Greece. New York: American Numismatic Society, 2001. JFG 03-309.

    Banti, Alberto. Corpus Nummorum Romanorum: Monetazione Republicana: Classificazione per Ordine Alfabetico delle Monete Coniate ai Nomi delle Famiglie. 9 vols. Firenze: A. Banti, 1980-. JFM 82-170.

    British Museum. Dept. of Coins and Medals. Coins of the Roman Empire in the British Museum. 5 v. in plates. London: Published by the Trustees of The British Museum, 1968-. *RR-MHN.

    Casson, Lionel and Martin Price, eds. Coins, culture and history in the ancient world: numismatic and other studies in honor of Bluma L. Trell. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1981. JFF 83-877.

    Chitescu, Maria. Numismatic aspects of the history of the Dacian state: the Roman Republican coinage in Dacia and Geto-Dacian coins of Roman type. Translated by Cornelia Urdea. Oxford, England: B.A.R., 1981. JFF 86-94.

    Goodacre, Hugh. The bronze coinage of the late Roman empire. London, Spink & Son ltd., 1922. *C-4 p.v.678.

    Holt, Frank L. Alexander the Great and the mystery of the elephant medallions. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2003. JFE 03-16853.

    Holt, Frank L. Thundering Zeus: the making of Hellenistic Bactria. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999. JFE 99-8366.

    Howgego, C. J. Ancient History from Coins. London; New York: Routledge, 1995. JFD 96-3245.  

    Laing, Lloyd R. Coins and archaeology. New York: Schocken Books, 1970. JFD 71-83.

    Lane-Poole, Stanley, ed. Coins and medals, their place in history and art; by the authors of the British museum official catalogues. London: E. Stock, 1894. MHC.

    Levy, Brooks E., and Pierre C.V. Bastien. Roman Coins in the Princeton University Library. Wetteren, Belgium: Editions NR, 1985-. JFM 88-8 Vol. 1.  

    Regling, Kurt. Ancient numismatics; the coinage of ancient Greece and Rome. Translation by Terry Merz. Chicago: Argonaut, Inc., 1969. D-19 9274.

    Mattingly, Harold, ed. The Roman Imperial Coinage. 9 v. in 12. London: Spink & Son, 1923-1981. *R-MHN 78-3443.

    Sutherland, C. H. V. Ancient numismatics: a brief introduction. New York: American Numismatics Society, 1958. D-11 7539.

    Sutherland, C. H. V. Art in coinage: the aesthetics of money from Greece to the present day. London: B. T. Batsford, 1955. MHC.

    Sylloge nummorum Graecorum. London: Published for the British Academy by the Oxford University Press, 1931-. MHM+. An ongoing series of complete photographic records of large or medium-sized public (a few private) collections in different countries.

     

    Papyrology, epigraphy and paleography

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Manuscripts, Greek (Papyri)
    • Manuscripts, Latin (Papyri)
    • Inscriptions, Greek
    • Inscriptions, Latin
    • Paleography, Greek
    • Paleography, Latin

    In addition, researchers may want to perform general searches in CATNYP for the following classmark headings:

    • Call number “BVEF” for Greek inscriptions
    • Call number “BWDF” for Latin inscriptions
    • Call number “RCC” for Greek paleography and orthography
    • Call number “RDC” for Latin paleography and orthography
    • Call number “*OBKQ” for Egyptian papyri
    • Call number “*IC” for general paleography
    • Call number “*ICC” for specimens of manuscripts generally
    • Call number “*GBI” for bibliographies and catalogs of manuscripts

    Resources in papyrology

    Corpus dei papiri filosofici greci e latini (CPF). Firenze: L.S. Olsckhi, 1989-. JFL 92-622; JFP 03-5.

    McNamee, Kathleen. Abbreviations in Greek Literary Papyri and Ostraca. Chico, CA: Scholars Press, 1981. JFD 81-6534.

    Oates, John F. Checklist of editions of Greek, Latin, Demotic, and Coptic papyri, ostraca, and tablets. Oakville, Conn.: American Society of Papyrologists, 2001. JFE 02-13881

    Pestman, P.W. The new papyrological primer. New York: E.J. Brill, 1990. JFE 91-3916.

    Betz, Hans Dieter, ed. The Greek magical papyri in translation, including the Demotic spells. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986-. *OBKQ 90-1286.

    Turner, E.G. Greek Papyri: An Introduction. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1968. D-18 4858.

    Resources in epigraphy

    L'Année épigraphique; revue des publications épigraphiques relatives a l'antiquité romaine. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. BWDF.

    Bodel, John, ed. Epigraphic Evidence: Ancient History from Inscriptions. London; New York: Routledge, 2001. JFD 01-16755.

    Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum. Editio altera. Berolini: G. Reimerum, 1893-1955. This series comprises Latin inscriptions from a range of historical periods and geographic regions. Editors and call numbers vary.

    Gordon, Arthur E. Illustrated introduction to Latin epigraphy. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1983. JFF 84-798.

    Peek, Werner, ed. Griechische Vers-Inschriften. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1955-. E-10 982 Bd. 1.

    Inscriptiones Graecae. Berolini: G. Reimer, 1873-. BVEF++. This series, published under the authority of the Preussische Akadamie der Wissenschaften, comprises a variety of Greek inscriptions from a range of historical periods and geographic regions.

    Keppie, Lawrence. Understanding Roman Inscriptions. Baltimore, MD: John Hopkins University Press, 1991. JFF 92-916.

    Meiggs, Russell, and David Lewis. A Selection of Greek Historical Inscriptions to the End of the 5th Century B.C. New York : Oxford University Press, 1988. *R-BVEF 92-7776.

    Woodhead, A. Geoffrey. The Study of Greek Inscriptions. 2d ed. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1981. JFD 81-5507.

    Resources in paleography

    Barbour, Ruth. Greek Literary Hands A.D. 400-1600. New York : Oxford University Press, 1981. JFF 82-115.

    Bischoff, Bernhard. Latin Palaeography: Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Translated by Dáibhí ó Cróinin and David Ganz. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1990. JFE 90-3561.

    Groningen, B.A. van. Short Manual of Greek Palaeography. Leyden, A.W. Sijthoff, 1967. F-11 3704.

    Roberts, Colin H. Greek Literary Hands, 350 B. C.-A. D. 400. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1956. F-10 875.

    Seider, Richard. Paläographie der griechischen Papyri. Stuttgart : A. Hiersemann, 1967-. M-11 3477.

    Seider, Richard. Paläographie der lateinischen Papyri. Stuttgart, A. Hiersemann, 1972-. JFM 76-424.

    Thompson, Edward Maunde. A Handbook of Greek and Latin Palaeography. 3rd. Ed. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1906. *IC.

    Thompson, Edward Maunde. An Introduction to Greek and Latin Palaeography. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press, 1912. *ICC 75-4870.

     

    Periodicals

    Indexes to articles (print)

    L'Anné philologique: bibliographie critique et analytique de l'antiquité gréco-latine. 1925- . Paris: Société d'édition "Les Belles Lettres." *RS-RB. (v. 27- ; 1956- ). Indexes all aspects of classical studies in one annual volume; international in scope.

    Rounds, Dorothy. Articles on antiquity in Festschriften: an index. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1962. JFF 86-204 and JFF 94-377. Indexes articles in works honoring individuals and institutions; covers 1863-1954.

    Indexes to articles (electronic)

    Please note that "dead" links below signify that a resource is not public but is accessible on-site at the New York Public Library.

    Diotima: Women and Gender in the Ancient World Includes course materials, the beginnings of a systematic and searchable bibliography, and links to many on-line resources, including articles, book reviews, databases, and images.

    Dyabola Contains electronic subject catalogs of publications on the history of art and the ancient world.

    Gnomon Online A supplement to Gnomon Bibliographische Datenbank on CD-ROM that offers roughly 15% of its approximately 240,000 titles.

    Humanities Abstracts Indexes and abstracts articles from periodicals, including scholarly journals, in the diverse subject areas of the humanities.

    JSTOR A searchable, digitized archive—from the first date of publication to the last three to five years—of major scholarly journals in many academic fields.

    MLA International Bibliography Indexes scholarship in world literature, including poetry, fiction, drama, film, linguistics, and folklore.

    The Philosopher's Index (1940-present) Indexes and abstracts the literature on epistemology, ethics, logic, metaphysics, law, religion and science from periodicals, monographs, and other documents.

    TOCS-IN: Tables of Contents of 160 Journals Provides the tables of contents of a selection of Classics, Near Eastern Studies, and Religion journals, both in text format and through a Web search program. Where possible, links are given with articles of which the full text or an abstract is available online (about 15%).

    Sample periodicals

    Current issues are available in the Periodicals Section, Room 108. Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library's holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library's online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Philosophy, Ancient, Periodicals
    • Archaeology, Periodicals
    • Greece, Civilization, Periodicals
    • Rome, Civilization, Periodicals
    • Classical philology, Periodicals
    • Art, Greek, Periodicals
    • Art, Roman, Periodicals

    American journal of ancient history. JFL 85-259. (v. 1- ; 1976- ).
    American journal of archaeology. *ZAN 5215 (v. 1- ;1885-1939) and JFM 76-103. (1940- ).
    American journal of philology. *ZAN 3222. (v. 1- ; 1880- ).
    American Philological Association. Transactions. RAA. (v. 1- ; 1870- ).
    Ancient philosophy. JFL 85-480. (v. 1- ; 1980- ).
    Antike Welt: Zeitschrift für Archäeologie und Kulturgeschichte. JFM 77-226. (v. 1, no. 3- ; 1970- ).
    Apeiron: a journal of ancient philosophy and science. JFN 79-3. (v. 1- ; 1966- ).
    Archaeology.
    MTA. (v. 1- ; 1948- ).
    Arethusa. *ZAN 4668. (v. 1- ; 1968- ).
    Arion: a journal of humanities and the classics. K-l0 3730. (v. 1- ; 1962- ).
    British School at Rome. Papers. 3-MTX. (v. 1- ; 1902- ).
    Bulletin de correspondance hellénique. MTLA. (v. 1- ; 1877- ).
    Classical and modern literature. JFL 85-273. (v. 1- ; 1980- ).
    Classical antiquity. JFM 86-262. (v. 1- ; 1982- ).
    Classical bulletin. *ZAN 3182. (v. 1- ; 1925- ).
    Classical journal. *ZAN 3312. (v. 1- ; 1905- ).
    Classical philology. *ZAN 5001 (v. 1- ;1906-73, 1978- ) and *XL 654. (1974-77).
    Classical quarterly. *ZAN 5205. (v. 1- ; 1907- ).
    Classical world. *ZAN 3198. (v. 1- ; 1907- ).
    Greece and Rome. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1931- ).
    Greek, Roman and Byzantine studies. L-10 2373. (v. 1- ; 1958- ).
    Helios: a journal devoted to critical and methodological studies of classical culture, literature and society. JFK 85-287. (v. 11- ; 1984- ).
    Hermes: Zeitschrift für klassische Philologie. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1866- ).
    Hesperia. MTGA+. (v. 1- ; 1932- ).
    Journal of Hellenic studies. BVA. (v. 1- ; 1880- ).
    Journal of Roman archaeology. JFM 89-170. (v. 1- ; 1988- ).
    Journal of Roman studies. BWA. (v. 1- ; 1911- ).
    Latomus: revue d'études latines. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1937- ).
    Mnemosyne: bibliotheca classica batava. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1852- ).
    Oxford journal of archaeology. JFL 86-686. (v. 1- ; 1982- ).
    Oxford studies in ancient philosophy. JFL 84-419. (v. 1- ; 1983- ).
    Philologus: Zeitschrift für klassische Philologie. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1846- ).
    Phoenix. L-10 2085. (v. 1- ; 1946- ).
    Phronesis: a journal for ancient philosophy. L-10 84. (v. 1- ; 1955- ).
    Revue des études anciennes. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1899- ).
    Revue des études grecques. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1888- ).
    Revue des études latines. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1928- ).
    Yale classical studies. RBA. (v. 1- ; 1928- )

     

    Philosophy, science and technology

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Philosophy, Ancient
    • Science, Ancient
    • Technology, Greece, history
    • Technology, Rome, history

    Sourcebooks

    Diels, Hermann, and Walther Kranz. Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, 6th ed. Berlin: Weidmann, 1951-52. YAEC.

    Irby-Massie, Georgia L., and Paul T. Keyser. Greek science of the Hellenistic era: a sourcebook. London; New York: Routledge, 2002. JFE 02-17837.

    Long A.A., and D.N. Sedley. The Hellenistic philosophers. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1987. JFL 93-60.

    Longrigg, James. Greek medicine: from the heroic to the hellenistic age: a source book. London: Duckworth, 1998. JFE 98-6249.

    Oleson, John Peter. Greek and Roman Technology: A Sourcebook. London/New York: Routledge, 1998. JFE 99-5369.

    Bibliography and Reference

    Bell, Albert A., Jr., and James B. Allis. Resources in Ancient Philosophy: An Annotated Bibliography of Scholarship in English, 1965-1989. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1991. *RS-YAE 00-4646.

    Donlan, Walter. The Classical world bibliography of philosophy, religion, and rhetoric. New York: Garland Pub., 1977. *RS-YAE 00-10660.

    Goulet, Richard, ed. Dictionnaire des philosophes antiques. Paris: CNRS, 1989. *R-YAE 90-2069.

    McKirahan, Richard. Plato and Socrates: a comprehensive bibliography, 1958-1973. New York: Garland, 1978. *RS-YAET 79-788.

    Motto, Anna L. Seneca, a critical bibliography, 1900-1980: scholarship on his life, thought, prose, and influence. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1989. JFE 90-6218.

    Navia, Luis E. Pythagoras: an annotated bibliography. New York: Garland, 1990. JFD 90-9253.

    Navia, Luis E. Socrates: an annotated bibliography. New York: Garland, 1988. JFD 89-884.

    Paquet, Leonce. Les Présocratiques: Bibliographie analytique (1879-1980). Montréal: Les Editions Bellarmine and Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 1988-1989. JFL 89-402 [Vol. 1].

    Zeyl, Donald J. ed. Daniel T. Devereux and Phillip T. Mitsis, assoc. eds. Encyclopedia of Classical Philosophy. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1997. *R-YAE 97-10082.

    Historical and critical studies

    Barnes, Jonathan. The Presocratic philosophers. London; Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1982. *R-YAEB 79-1739.

    Barnes, Jonathan, et al., eds. Science and speculation: studies in Hellenistic theory and practice. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press; Paris: Editions de la maison des sciences de l'homme, 1982. JFE 04-13329.

    Benson, Hugh H. Essays on the philosophy of Socrates. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992. JFE 92-4431.

    Keimpe, Algra, et al., eds. Cambridge History of Hellenistic Philosophy. Cambridge, U.K.; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999. *R-YAE 00-12246.

    Armstrong, A. H., ed. Cambridge History of Later Greek and Early Medieval Philosophy. London, Cambridge U.P., 1967. *R-YAC.

    Cleary, John J., ed. The perennial tradition of Neoplatonism. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1997. JFE 99-2080.

    Dodds, E. R. The ancient concept of progress and other essays on Greek literature and belief. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973. JFD 74-2931.

    Everson, Stephen, ed. Language. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994. JFE 94-16276.

    Everson, Stephen, ed. Epistemology. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1990. JFE 90-5593.

    Everson, Stephen, ed. Ethics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1998. JFE 98-9439.

    Flashar, Hellmut. Philosophie der Antike. Basel: Schwabe, 1983-. JFL 84-195.

    Frede, Michael. Essays in ancient philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1987. JFE 87-1465.

    Guthrie, W.K.C. A History of Greek Philosophy. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1962-1981. 6 vols. *RR-YAE.

    Hankinson, R.J. Cause and explanation in ancient Greek thought. Oxford: Clarendon Press; New York: Oxford University Press, 1998. JFE 99-2072.

    Healy, John F. Pliny the Elder on science and technology. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press, 1999. JSE 01-1.

    Lloyd, G.E.R. Magic, reason, and experience. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1979. JSE 80-309.

    Long, A.A. Cambridge Companion to Early Greek Philosophy. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999. JFE 00-1538.

    Morford, Mark. The Roman philosophers: from the time of Cato the Censor to the death of Marcus Aurelius. London; New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis, 2002. JFE 00-1538.

    Mourelatos, Alexander P.D., ed. The Pre-Socratics: a collection of critical essays. Garden City, N.Y., Anchor Press, 1974. *R-YAEC 00-4648.

    Nussbaum, Martha C., ed. The therapy of desire: theory and practice in Hellenistic ethics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1994. JFE 94-9144.

    Sedley, David, ed. The Cambridge companion to Greek and Roman philosophy. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2003. JFE 03-14565.

    Shields, Christopher, ed. The Blackwell guide to ancient philosophy. Malden, MA; Oxford: Blackwell Pub., 2003. JFF 03-1162.

    Snell, Bruno. The discovery of the mind: The Greek origins of European thought. New York: Harper, 1960. D-17 3491.

    Sorabji, Richard. Necessity, cause, and blame: perspectives on Aristotle's theory. London: Duckworth, 1980. JFE 80-1722.

    Striker, Gisela, ed. Essays on Hellenistic epistemology and ethics. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1996. JFE 96-15702.

    Vlastos, Gregory. Platonic studies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1981. JFE 82-1239.

    Vlastos, Gregory. Socratic studies. Edited by Myles Burnyeat. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994. JFE 94-7198.

    Vlastos, Gregory. Studies in Greek philosophy. Edited by Daniel W. Graham. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1995. *R-YAEC 00-4649.

     

    Race, gender and sexuality

    Please be advised that the titles featured below are merely representative of the New York Public Library’s holdings on this topic and should not be mistaken for an exhaustive list. To locate additional resources, researchers may find it helpful to search the Library’s online catalog, CATNYP, using the following subject headings:

    • Women, Greece
    • Women, Rome
    • Masculinity, Greece
    • Masculinity, Rome
    • Men, Greece
    • Men, Rome
    • Gender Identity, Greece
    • Gender Identity, Rome
    • Homosexuality, Greece
    • Homosexuality, Rome
    • Jews, Rome

    Sourcebooks

    Hubbard, Thomas K., ed. Homosexuality in Greece and Rome: a sourcebook of basic documents. Berkeley: University of California Press, c2003. JFE 03-7420.

    Kraemer, Ross Shepard. Women's religions in the Greco-Roman world: a sourcebook. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004. JFD 04-12708.

    Lefkowitz, Mary. Women's life in Greece and Rome: a source book in translation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1992. JFE 92-9707.

    McClure, Laura K., ed. Sexuality and gender in the classical world: readings and sources. Oxford, UK ; Malden, MA, USA: Blackwell Publishers, c2002. JFE 03-9753.

    Bibliography and reference

    Bell, Robert E. Women of Classical Mythology: A Biographical Dictionary. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1991. JFF 91-2762.

    Goodwater, Leanna. Women in Antiquity: An Annotated Bibliography. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1975. *RS-SNB 79-706.

    Lightman, Marjorie. Biographical Dictionary of Ancient Greek and Roman Women: Notable Women from Sappho to Helena. New York: Facts On File, 2000. *R-SNE 00-2931.

    Salisbury, Joyce. Encyclopedia of Women in the Ancient World. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, c2001. JFF 01-3145.

    Historical and critical studies

    Balsdon, J. P. V. D. Roman women: their history and habits. London, Bodley Head [1962]. D-14 838.

    Bassi, Karen. Acting like men: gender, drama, and nostalgia in ancient Greece. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, c1998. JFE 99-2073.

    Bauman, Richard A. Women and politics in ancient Rome. London; New York: Routledge, 1992. JFD 93-1128.

    Berlinerblau, Jacques. Heresy in the university: the Black Athena controversy and the responsibilities of American intellectuals. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, c1999. JFE 99-7189.

    Bernal, Martin. Black Athena: the Afroasiatic roots of classical civilization. London: Free Association Books, 1987-. JFL 87-416 Library has: Vol. 1-2.

    Bernal, Martin. Black Athena writes back: Martin Bernal responds to his critics. Edited by David Chioni Moore. Durham: Duke University Press, c2001. *OBYE 01-11014.

    Bremen, Riet van. The limits of participation: women and civic life in the Greek East in the Hellenistic and Roman periods. Amsterdam: J.C. Gieben, 1996. JFE 98-10925.

    Brooten, Bernadette J. Love between women: early Christian responses to female homoeroticism. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1996. JFE 96-19285.

    Clark, Gillian. Women in the Ancient World. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. L-11 2064 no.21.

    Cole, Susan Guettel. Landscapes, gender, and ritual space: the ancient Greek experience. Berkeley: University of California Press, c2004. JFE 04-5059.

    Songe-Møller, Vigdis. Philosophy without women: the birth of sexism in Western thought. Translated by Peter Cripps. London: Continuum, c2002. JFE 03-12460.

    Dean-Jones, Lesley. Women's bodies in classical Greek science. Oxford: Clarendon Press; New York: Oxford University Press, 1994. JFD 94-6202.

    Donaldson, James. Woman; her position and influence in ancient Greece and Rome, and among the early Christians. London, New York: Longmans, Green, 1907. SNB.

    Dover, K.J. Greek homosexuality. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, c1989. JFE 90-2562.

    Flemming, Rebecca. Medicine and the making of Roman women: gender, nature, and authority from Celsus to Galen. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. JFD 01-4006.

    Foxhall, Lin, and John Salmon. Thinking men: masculinity and its self-representation in the classical tradition. New York: Routledge, 1998. JFE 98-9118.

    Foxhall, Lin, and John Salmon, eds. When men were men: masculinity, power and identity in classical antiquity. London; New York: Routledge, 1998. JFE 99-10153.

    Goff, Barbara. Citizen Bacchae: women's ritual practice in ancient Greece. Berkeley: University of California Press, c2004. JFE 04-9242.

    Golden, Mark, and Peter Toohey, eds. Sex and difference in ancient Greece and Rome. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, c2003. JFE 03-12887.

    Holst-Warhaft, Gail. Dangerous voices: women's laments and Greek literature. London; New York: Routledge, 1992. JFD 93-1740.

    Joshel, Sandra R., and Sheila Murnaghan, eds. Women and slaves in Greco-Roman culture: differential equations. London; New York: Routledge, 1998. JFE 99-5975.

    Karydas, Helen Pournara. Eurykleia and her successors: female figures of authority in Greek poetics. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield, c1998. JFE 98-1227.

    Kuefler, Mathew. The manly eunuch: masculinity, gender ambiguity, and Christian ideology in late antiquity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2001. JFE 01-9287.

    Lardinois, André, and Laura McClure, eds. Making silence speak: women's voices in Greek literature and society. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, c2001. JFE 01-7034.

    Lefkowitz, Mary R., and Guy MacLean Rogers, eds. Black Athena revisited. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, c1996. JFE 96-7778.

    Loven, Larsson, and Agneta Strömberg, eds. Gender, cult, and culture in the ancient world from Mycenae to Byzantium: proceedings of the second Nordic Symposium on Gender and Women's History in Antiquity, Helsinki, 20-22 October 2000. Nordic Symposium on Gender and Women's History in Antiquity (2000 : Helsinki, Finland). Sävedalen: Aaströms Förlag, 2003. JFD 03-16081.

    Lyons, Deborah. Gender and immortality: heroines in ancient Greek myth and cult. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, c1997. JFE 97-2025.

    Mazrui, Ali A. Ancient Greece in African political thought; an inaugural lecture delivered on 25th August 1966, at Makerere University College. [Nairobi, Kenya, East African Pub. House, 1967]. JLK 72-93 no. 1.

    McCabe, Joseph. The empresses of Rome. London : Methuen, 1911. BWH.

    O'Higgins, Laurie. Women and humor in classical Greece. Cambridge, U.K.; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2003. JFE 03-15593.

    Peradotto, John, and J.P. Sullivan, eds. Women in the ancient world: the Arethusa papers. Albany: State University of New York Press, c1984. JLE 83-3518.

    Reinhold, Meyer. Diaspora: the Jews among the Greeks and Romans. Sarasota, FL: Samuel Stevens, 1983. *PXH 83-1305.

    Setälä, Päivi, and Liisa Savunen, eds. Female networks and the public sphere in Roman society. Rome: Institutum Romanum Finlandiae, 1999. JFF 02-172.

    Staples, Ariadne. From good goddess to vestal virgins: sex and category in Roman religion. London; New York: Routledge, 1998. JFD 98-1842.

    Ward, Julie K. Feminism and ancient philosophy. New York: Routledge, 1996. JFE 96-13920.

    Wilson, Lyn Hatherly. Sappho's sweetbitter songs: configurations of female and male in ancient Greek lyric. London; New York: Routledge, 1996. JFD 96-16731.

    Winkler, John J. The constraints of desire: the anthropology of sex and gender in ancient Greece. New York: Routledge, [1990]. JFE 90-686.

    Wright, F. A. Feminism in Greek literature from Homer to Aristotle. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1969]. C-14 4734.

    Wyke, Maria, ed. Gender and the body in the ancient Mediterranean. Oxford, UK; Malden, Mass.: Blackwell, 1998. JFE 99-70.

  • Comic Books

    It's a bird! It's a plane! It's Superman!!! Comics and comic books are one of the most pervasive and influential media forms of 20th-century popular culture. A survey of current scholarly indexes demonstrates that researchers in the fields of history, sociology, and literature are discovering that studying comic books provides unique and valuable insights on 20th-century culture. Thus, many research libraries have experienced an increase in requests for information on, and copies of, comic books.

    Unfortunately, as with other genres of popular literature such as science fiction, comic books were often considered unworthy of addition to research library collections. The original NYPL Research Libraries policy was to collect representative samples of comic books and microfilm them. Emphasis was not placed on keeping original material.

    Reference material on the history and cultural significance of comic books are collected by the General Research Division (GRD) and may be requested from the general stacks. Some titles dealing with comic books as a graphic art form are collected by the Arts, Prints and Photographs Division. In light of the recent increased interest in original comic books and the publication of many new reference titles, GRD has begun expanding collection development in this area. Due to the difficulty of obtaining original comic books circa 1930-1960, emphasis has been placed on reprint collections, microforms, and reference titles. Graphic novels, selected current comics and titles on comic artists, writers, collecting, etc., are presently being added to the collections. This guide represents the current state of comics related material. Users are advised to consult the online catalog for the latest available items.

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk, or e-mail us at grdref@nypl.org

    Using the Catalogs

    General instructions for locating materials are given in the Research Guide, How Do I Find a Book?. The following information is specific to the topic at hand.

    In the Dictionary Catalog, consult the subject headings

      Comic books, strips, etc. (vol. 152, pp 412-414)
      Caricature and comic art (vol. 116, pp. 185-309)

    In CATNYP, the online catalog, search:

      Comic books, strips, etc
      Graphic Novels
      Caricature and Cartoons
      Cartoonists

    You may also search genres such as Western comic books, Science fiction comics books, etc.

    In both catalogs, there will also be individual entries for characters, artists, and cartoonists. For example:

      Asterix
      Charles Schultz
      Encyclopedias
      Marvel Comics Group
      Superman (Comic Strip)

    Encyclopedias

    The tools below help identify or locate characters appearing in comic books and newspapers:

    Encyclopedia of American comics, edited by Ron Goulart. New York: Facts on File, 1990. *R-MDY 90-13416. Covers most of the major American comic strips and comics characters. Includes artists, writers, heroes and heroines. Not profusely illustrated. Black & white. Some color. Index.

    Gifford, Denis. Encyclopedia of comic characters. Essex, England: Longman, 1987. *R-MDY. Covers 150 years of British comic characters primarily from newspaper comic strips. Each entry includes artist, dates, a brief description and a black & white illustration of the character.

    World encyclopedia of cartoons, edited by Maurice Horn. Detroit, Mich.: Gale Research, 1980. MDY+ 81-227. (held in the Prints Division).

    World encyclopedia of comics, edited by Maurice Horn. (New York: Chelsea House, 1976. *R-MDY (held at South Hall Desk). Still one of the most comprehensive collections of information on comic art. International in scope up to 1975. Important supplements include a chronology of comic art and a history of newspaper comics syndication. 700 black & white illus. Some color.

    Bibliographies & Guides

    Official Overstreet comic book price guide. New York: House of Collectibles, 1987- Annual. *R-MDY 88-8316 (held at South Hall Desk) and (S) JFK 88-491. This is the most comprehensive guide to comic books. Although intended for collectors/investors, much valuable information is provided. Each issue includes unique theme essays on comic book history. The main section lists most comic book titles with their collectible value. Some color illustration, mostly black & white.

    Gerber, Ernst. The Photo-Journal Guide to Comic Books. Minden, Nev.: Gerber Pub. Co., 1989-1990. 2 vols. (S) JFG 92-153. This work contains over 21,000 color illustrations of the covers of comic books produced during 1935-1965 the Gold and Silver Age of comic book publishing. Essays provide a wealth of information on cataloging, preservation, restoration of comic books, the social and historical impact of comic books and much more.

    Gerber, Ernst. The Photo-Journal Guide to Marvel Comics. Minden, Nev.: Gerber Publishing Co., Inc., 1991. 2 vols. JFG 92-152. Similar to the title above, but dedicated strictly to Marvel Comics. 17,000 color illustrations, author, artist and character indexes.

    Humor and Cartoon Markets, 1993, edited by Bob Staake and Roseann Shaughnessy. Cincinnati: Writer's Digest, 1993. Pub Cat 91-1779, (held at Information Desk, Room 315). For those seeking to break into the comic book industry there is a chapter on comic book publishers. Provides contact name, address, editorial policy and payment information. Other chapters deal with comic strips and other comic industries.

    Scott, Randall W. Comic books and strips; an information sourcebook. Phoenix, Ariz.: Oryx Press, 1988. 3-MDY 89-3095. Bibliography of monographs published on the subject of comic books 1970-1987. Core collection lists the 100 most important titles. This is the only basic reference bibliography on the subject.

    Scott, Randall W. Comics librarianship; a handbook. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Company, Inc,1990. Currently the only monograph on this subject. Includes chapters on acquisition, collection development, and preservation of a comic book collection. Chapter 6 is a list of 230 topics that can be chosen for student research projects.

    History And Criticism

    The emphasis here is on American comic books. In the catalogs, see the geographical subdivisions of the subject heading Comic books for material on foreign comics.

    Barker, Martin. A haunt of fears. London: Pluto Press, 1984. JFD 85-68. Traces the influence of Wertham's Seduction of the Innocent on the British comics industry. Not illustrated.

    Crawford, Hubert H. Crawford's encyclopedia of comic books. Middle Village, N.Y.: Jonathan David Publisher's, Inc., 1978. 3 MDY 79-24. Attempts to cover the rise and fall of the comic book industry from the 1930s through the 1950s" Each chapter deals with a different publishing house and follows the development of its major characters through other media such as movies and television. The author includes many pertinent comments on popular culture, and discussion of themes common to comic books and classical literature. Also provides a chronological summary of the development of comic book literature 1860-1978. Index. Some color illustration; mostly black and white.

    Benton, Mike. Science fiction comics: the illustrated history. Dallas: Taylor Publishing, 1992. JFE 92-2754. One of a new series The Taylor History of Comics. Each volume follows the development of various genres including horror, superheroes, etc. All include several chapters on history and development of the theme followed by a guide and checklist, bibliography and index. Consult CATNYP by author or series title for future volumes. Full color illustrations.

    The Comic-book book, edited by Don Thompson and Dick Lupoff. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1973. JFE 85-1975. A collection of 13 essays on comic books, comic strip characters, and the sociological impact of comic books. Covers the period 1940-1970. Illustrated in black and white.

    Estren, Mark. A history of underground comics. Berkeley,CA: Ronin Publishing, 1993. JFF 93-2342. A very detailed, heavily illustrated history of underground (noncomformist, sometimes politically oriented, often sexually explicit) comics. Coverage includes artists, publishers, distributors, and much more. Indexed by subject, artist, publication. Bibliography. Illustrations in b&w and color.

    The Funnies: an American Idiom, edited by David Manning White and Robert H. Abell. London:Collier-Macmillan. 1963. 3-MDY. Deals mainly with comic strips. Included here for the excellent bibliography (pp.293-304) of over 200 books, newspaper and journal articles, and theses dealing with the "comics controversy."

    Gifford, Denis. American comic strip collections, 1884-1939. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1990. *R-MDY 91-2273. Not a narrative history but a chronologically arranged bibliography which traces the development of the early newspaper comic strip collections into comic book form. Entries include bibliographic and physical description, contents, authors, artists, first editorials and more. Includes title index, author/artist index.Good for early obscure titles. No illustrations.

    Goulart, Ron. Ron Goulart's Great history of comic books. Chicago: Contemporary Books, 1986. JFF 87-136. Goulart, a major authority in the field, presents a history of comics 1890 to the 1980s. Illustrated mostly in black & white. Some color. Index.

    Histoire mondiale de la bande dessinee, edited by Pierre Horay. Paris: P. Horay, 1989. JFG 91-873. Text in French but coverage is worldwide. Profusely illustrated in color and black and white. Gives a good overall pictorial survey of comics around the world.

    Kurtzman, Harvey. From aargh! to zap!; Harvey Kurtzman's visual history of the comics. New York:Prentice Hall Press,1991. 3-MDY+ 92-7282. Kurzman has been reading, writing and drawing comic books for over 50 years. Here he treats comic books as an art form and presents his own personal opinions on comics and their artists. Profusely illustrated in color and black & white.

    The New Comics Anthology, edited by Bob Callahan. New York: Macmillan, 1991. JFF 91-2120. Celebrates the best of avant-garde and post-modern graphic literature known as the "New Comics Movement." Includes samples of the work of over eighty current comic artists. Illustrations in color and black & white.

    Schodt, Frederik. Manga! Manga!; the world of Japanese comics. Tokyo: Kodansha International, 1983. 3-MDY 84-1061. A history of the Japanese comic book industry. Bibliography and index. Illustrations in black & white.

    Smithsonian book of comic-book comics, edited by Michael Barrier and Martin Williams. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1981. 3-MDY 82-1699. A collection of sample comic book stories published before 1954. Each selection is preceded by a brief essay. Printed in full color and in a manner which closely resembles the original comic book paper. Emphasis is on humorous comic books but includes the first Superman and Batman stories.

    Those were the terrible, shocking, sensational, appalling, forbidden...but simply wonderful HORROR COMICS of the 1950's, edited by Ron Barlow and Bob Stewart. New York: Nostalgia Press, 1971. 3-MDY+ 75-1796. Full color reprints of 25 stories from the controversial EC line of comic books. Includes some commentary and a artist profiles.

    Waiter, Stanley and Bissette, Stephen. Comic book rebels: conversations with the creators of the new comics. New York: Donald Fine, 1992. JFE 93-10824. Authors interview twenty artists, creators, and others, including Dave Sim, Richard Corben, and Will Eisner, about what they call the "third great Comics Revolution" in the 1990's. Excellent bibliography, source material. Black and white illustrations.

    The Comic Book Controversy

    During the 1940s and 1950's there was serious debate over the moral influence of comic books. It was fueled by the publication of Frederic Wertham's Seduction of the Innocent (New York:Rinehart, 1954) in which Wertham blamed the rise of juvenile delinquency on the "bad influence" of comic books. The library will make every effort to borrow the title through interlibrary loan.

    The resulting heated public debate can be covered by searching the standard periodical indexes under the subject Comics (Books, strips, etc.) for the many articles on the topic published during the 1950's. See also :

    American Civil Liberties Union. Censorship of comic books: a statement. New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 1955. *XMB 2063 fiche #CL-139. Contains a concise summary of opposing opinions drawn from a variety of sources.

    "The Wertham Crusade", chapter 18 of Ron Goulart's Great history of comic books (New York: Contemporary Books, Inc, 1986) (JFF 87-136) A good synopsis of the controversy.

    In addition, see the Dictionary Catalog (vol. 152, p. 414) under the subject heading Comic Books-Moral and Religious Aspects for titles dealing with this topic.

    The major result of this controversy was the publication of the Code of the Comics Magazine Association of America, Inc. The text of this code may be found in the World encyclopedia of comics edited by Maurice Horn, pp. 749-751 *R-MDY 77-1898 (held at the desk in the South Hall of the Rose Main Reading Room).

    Artists/Authors/Creators

    Cartoonist profiles 1969- Fairfield, Conn.: Cartoonist Profiles, Inc. 3-MDA (current in Room 108). Profiles and interviews of a wide range of cartoon artists.

    Contemporary Graphic Artists vol. 1- Detroit, Mich.: Gale Research, 1986- 3-MDA+ 87-1938. "A comprehensive biographical, bibliographical and critical guide...[to the] lives and accomplishments of noteworthy graphic artists." The only ongoing series that includes comic strip and comic book artists. Each entry has photo or self portrait of the artist, biographical info and samples of art. Cumulative artist index, occupation index, and subject index.

    Goulart, Ron. The great comic book artists. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1986. 3-MDY 86-3042. Brief general biographies of sixty golden-age 1950s and 1960s comic book artists. Discusses their artistic style and their contribution to the history of comic books. Each entry includes a one-page sample (black & white) of their art.

    Periodicals

    NYPL does not have a significant collection of titles in this area. Search the catalogs under a title or the subject heading Comic books, strips, etc.-Periodicals. However, those researching the history of comic books will find that comics have long been a topic of discussion in many newspapers and journals. The recent interest in comic books has given rise to articles in a multitude of periodicals ranging from Advertising Age to Variety. Our large collection of general interest and scholarly periodicals will yield much valuable information.

    At this time there are no commercially available, comprehensive, ongoing resources which index the stories, authors or characters in comic books. Some of the titles in the Bibliographies & Guides section provide selective indexing.

    For articles about comic books, search general indexes such as The Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature under the subject Comics (Books, Strips, etc.).

    The subject Comic Books may also be searched in the following databases:

      National Newspapers
      PsychINFO
      Humanities Index
      Dissertation Abstracts
      MLA Bibliography (where the subject heading is Comic Book)

    Comic Books In Microformats

    The General Research Division is actively acquiring color microfiche reproductions of comic books. So far this collection includes complete runs of selected comic book series circa 1939-1956:

      Action comics *XL-735
      Adventure comics *XL-736
      All-Flash quarterly *XL-755
      All select *XL-754
      All star comics *XL-737
      All winners *XL-756
      Archie comics *XL-757
      Batman *XL-738
      Black Hood comics *XL-756
      Blue ribbon comics *XL-759
      Captain America *XL-760
      Captain Marvel *XL-761
      Detective Comics *XL-739
      Flash *XL-762
      Green Lantern *XL-763
      Hangman *XL-764
      Human Torch *XL-765
      Jackpot comics *XL-766
      Leading comics *XL-767
      Marvel mystery comics *XL-768
      Mystic comics *XL-769
      New adventure comics *XL-753
      New comics *XL-786
      Pep comics *XL-770
      Planet comics *XL-771
      Plastic Man *XL-772
      Police comics *XL-773
      Special comics *XL-764
      Sub-Mariner *XL-774
      Superman *XL-740
      USA comics *XL-775
      Whiz comics *XL-776
      Wings comics *XL-787
      Wonder Woman *XL-777
      World's best *XL-778
      World's finest *XL-779
      Young allies comics *XL-780

    Another set, on standard black & white microfilm, is

    Comic books; an annual sampling of the cartoon, television moving picture, adventure and romantic "comic books" on sale at news stands

    . (*ZAN-M28) 1959,1965-1988. This set consists of a random sampling of all comic books on sale in a particular year starting with 1959.

    Related Collections

    Certain titles relating to comic characters appearing in both comic books and the cartoon media, e.g., Mickey Mouse and Bugs Bunny, are held in the Theatre Collection of The New York Public Library for the Performing Arts at Lincoln Center. These are catalogued in classmark MFL.

    Selected Internet Sites

  • Cosmetics

    How do I find industry information for cosmetics?

    See also Helpsheet #7 at the McGraw Desk for additional industry resources.

    Industry Information/Data

    Source

    Location of Source

    General overview: Toiletries & Cosmetics

    Encyclopedia of Global Industries

    Company/Industry Section; also in EIC database: Business & Company Resource Center

    History, projections, leading companies, and analyses of Drugs & druggists wholesalers; cosmetics stores (NAICs 422210, 446120)

    Manufacturing & Distribution USA (v.3)

    Company/Industry Section

    Market research reports for U.S. and international markets in cosmetics & personal care

    MarketResearch.com Academic

    Market Research Monitor

    EIC Databases

    Financial and operating data/ratios for companies in Cosmetics and Toiletries

    Mergent’s Industry Review

    Financial Services

    Industry profile, current environment, market trends, and outlook

    MergentOnline

    EIC Database

    Industry survey and monthly investment review: Household Nondurables

    Standard & Poor’s Industry Survey

    Company/Industry Section; also EIC database

    1- page industry analysis/investment advice on Toiletries/Cosmetics

    Value Line Investment Survey

    Financial Services; consult Index at McGraw Desk; also EIC Database

    Reviews, forecasts, and key indicators for Perfumes, cosmetics, toilet preparations

    WEFA Industrial Monitor

    Company/Industry Section

     

    How do I find out about technologies related to cosmetics?

    To find definitions, descriptions and technical data in the cosmetics industry, consult ready reference sources such as: Dictionaries and Encyclopedias and Handbooks.

    The following is a selection of resources that can be found in the open-shelf reference collection on the lower level of Science, Industry and Business Library (SIBL). Call numbers are in brackets after the title. Items with call numbers preceded with “*R-” can be found on the open shelves; numbers without “*R-” must be requested from the Altman Delivery Desk.

    Search in the library’s CATNYP catalog or consult with a librarian for more resources.

    Dictionaries and Encyclopedias

    • Consumer's Dictionary of Cosmetic Ingredients [*R-TP983.A55 .W57]
    • Encyclopedia of common natural ingredients used in food, drugs, and cosmetics [*R-QD415.A25 .L48]
    • International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook [*R-TP983 .I58]
    • Perfumes, cosmetics, and soaps [*R-TP983 .P723]
    • Raw Materials of Perfumery [*R-TP983 .P723]

    Handbooks

    • Chemistry of Fragrances [JSD 99-100]
    • Cosmetic Bench Reference [*R-TP983.A2221]
    • H & R Buch Parfum [*R-TP983 .Z5 H2]
    • International Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook [*R-TP983 .C953]
    • New Perfume Handbook [*R-TP983 .G75 McGraw Desk]

     

    What are regulations & standards that I have to follow for the cosmetics industry?

    The American Textile Manufacturers Institute (ATMI) defines standards as documented agreements containing technical specifications or other precise criteria to be used consistently as rules, guidelines, or definitions of characteristics, to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purposes. There are both voluntary and mandatory standards that can also become government regulations.

    See SIBL's Science & Technology web page on Standards for additional information.

    See also the following for industry specific standards information:

    • A.S.T.M. (American Society for Testing Materials) Standards [*R-TA401.A653]
    • Colour Index (Society of Dyers and Colourists) [*R-TP910 .S622]
    • Cosmetic Regulation in a Competitive Environment [*R-KF3896 .C68]
    • A formulary of cosmetic preparations (1991) [JSN 95-92 Vol. 1-2]
    • Index and directory of industry standards [*R-T59.2 .U615]
    • International Fragrance Association (IFRA) http://www.ifraorg.org/GuideLines.asp

     

    How do I find manufacturers, suppliers, buyers, competitors and other related professionals in the cosmetics industry?

    Consult:

    1. Trade associations and trade shows
    2. Electronic and Print directories to locate manufacturers, suppliers, competitors, wholesalers
    3. Industry Directories on SIBL’s home page: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/trade/index.cfm

    1. Professional and Trade Associations

    2. Listed below is a selected list of associations, including their Web sites and major publications where appropriate:

      General reference sources for additional associations:

      • Encyclopedia of Associations (*R-AS22.E5) also available via the following database: Gale's Ready Reference Shelf (available in the Electronic Information Center (EIC), or from home with a library card at the following Web site: http://www.nypl.org/databases/index.cfm?act=2&j=home )
      • National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States (*R-HD2425.D53 Latest ed. at McGraw Desk)

      Tradeshow Resources

      • Expocentral.com (http://www.expocentral.com) Trade shows, fairs, exhibitions & conferences info.
      • Trade Shows Worldwide (*R-SIBL T394.T723)
      • Tradeshow Week Data Book (*R-SIBL T394.T725 )
      • TSNN.com - The Ultimate Tradeshow Resource (http://www.tsnn.com/)
    3. Use Electronic and Print directories to locate manufacturers, suppliers, competitors, wholesalers:

    4. Electronic Directories

      These resources are available in the Rohatyn Electronic Information Center (EIC) at SIBL only. The EIC is located on the lower level of the library. From the Electronic Information Center (EIC) menu, Select ‘Electronic Databases’, then ‘Business Resources’, then ‘Company Directories’.

      • Reference USA
        Directory. Provides addresses, sales information, executives, for over 12 million U.S. companies. Searchable by state, city, zip code, and SIC code and yellow page headings/industries such as textile manufacturers. Updated: Monthly. Zip code listing for all 5 boroughs Bronx, Brooklyn, Manhattan, Queens, Staten Island.
      • Thomas Register of American Manufacturers & Thomas Register of European Manufacturers (TREM)
        Directories of manufacturing companies. Thomas Register also has a free web site http://www.thomasregister.com and http://www.tipcoeurope.com/ for searching companies; registration is required. Print version of Thomas Register (U.S.) is on lower level Company/Industry Section, call number *R-SIBL T12.T6. This database is not on all networked computers.

      Print Directories

      Consult SIBL’s home page - Research Guides - Industry Specific Directories for additional resources.

      • Cosmetics International Worldwide Directory and Industry Guide [*R-HD9970.5.C67]
      • Directory of Drug Store & HBC Chains [*R-HD9666.3.C5]
      • Green Book / American Salon. Beauty Shop Supplies Industry [*R-HD9999.B251A44]
      • International Directory of Importers. Worldwide Beauty Supplies, Cosmetics & Toiletries Importing Firms [*R-HD9970.5.C67 I5]
      • Who's who guide to personal-care [*R-HD9970.5.C67.W4]
      • World Cosmetics and Toiletries Marketing Directory [*R-HD9970.5.C67.N67]

    How can I keep current with the latest news and information in the cosmetics industry?

    Indexes and Abstracts

    An index is a print or electronic resource that provides citations to articles published in periodicals, journals or newspapers. Some are general while others are specific in their subject coverage.

    An abstract has all the information provided by an index with the addition of a summary of the article.

    Note: For additional information on Indexes/Abstracts: see: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/science/scindexes.htm

    Guidelines to formulating a search strategy:

    1. Use AND, OR, NOT to combine your keywords: i.e.

      “Revlon and lipstick” will yield articles with both terms
      “perfumes or fragrances” will yield articles with perfumes or fragrances or both
      “toiletries not toilets” will yield articles with toiletries, but not toilets

    2. Use truncation or wildcards (usually represented by * or ?) to find terms with similar roots:

      E.g. perfume* with yield articles with perfumes, perfumery, perfumeries, etc.

    3. To search a phrase, use quotes: e.g. “skin care”; “hair sprays”
    4. To be more specific in a search, limit the search by:

      Language (e.g. English)
      Date (e.g. last 12 months)
      Type (e.g. industry surveys; company overviews)
      Format (e.g. full text)
      Level (secondary; research)

    Selected Electronic Databases Related to Cosmetics

    These resources are available in the Rohatyn Electronic Information Center (EIC) at SIBL or are available from home/school/office with an NYPL borrowers card  (*) from the library website, (http://www.nypl.org/databases/index.cfm?act=2&j=home).   See also the Research Libraries listing of online databases: http://www.nypl.org/databases/ for a complete listing of on-site databases.

    Note: For additional information on electronic databases, see: http://www.nypl.org/research/sibl/science/scieic.htm

    • Applied Science and Technology Abstracts (EIC)
      Articles. Abstract and Index Database. Locate articles in 390 key English language periodicals in applied sciences. Covers engineering, computers, mathematics, physics, energy related topics, chemistry, and data processing. 1983 - Present. Updated: Monthly. Also available in print 1958 - Present. (*R-SIBL Z7913.I7).
    • EBSCOHost (EIC) and (*)
      A family of abstract and full-text databases. Relevant ones include: Academic Search Premier, Business Source Premier, Masterfile Premier, Newspaper Source, Professional Development Collection.
    • General Science Abstracts
      Articles. Abstract and Index Database. Locate articles in periodicals covering astronomy, biology, the environment, conservation, health, microbiology and oceanography, and other subjects. 1984 - Present. Updated: Monthly.
    • PROMT (Predicast Overview of Markets and Technology) (EIC)
      Articles. Full Text and Abstract Database. Use this database to research companies, the products and technologies they produce, and the markets in which they compete. Includes summaries and full text from nearly 1,000 business and trade journals, industry newsletters, newspapers, market research studies, news releases, and investment and brokerage firm reports. 1994 - Present. Updated: Daily.

    The following electronic databases also contains relevant articles/reports regarding cosmetics:

    • Business & Company Resource Center (EIC) and (*)
    • Environmental Policy Index (EIC)
    • General BusinessFile ASAP (EIC)

    Selected Print Indexes and Abstracts

    • Abstracts in new technologies and engineering (ANTE)[*R-Z7913 .A27]
    • Applied science & technology index [*R-Z7913 .I7 1958-Present]
    • Current contents. Physical, chemical & earth sciences (CC/PC&ES) [*R-Z7143.C85]
    • General science index [*R-Z7401 .G46]

     

    Websites

  • Costume and Fashion History: A Guide to Resources

    The literature of costume and fashion history is diverse in nature. The first printed books on the subject appeared in the sixteenth century. Illustrated surveys of historic costume blossomed in the late eighteenth century and reached a peak by the mid-to-late nineteenth century. Scholarly developments in the 1920s and 1930s produced studies in which fashion and dress received new psychological and sociological evaluation. More extensive scholarly and popular publications on historical dress began to appear by the 1970s, including exhibition catalogues from museum permanent collections and temporary exhibitions.

    While costume history extends from antiquity to the modern era, the bulk of publications on fashion history cover the period from the mid-to-late nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on individual designers and their work. Many publications link fashion history with the development of haute couture. Costume history studies generally consider fashion synonymous with stylistic change.

    Modern publications usually define the term “costume” as a mode of dress specific to a time period, nation, or social class. The terms “fashion” and “style” are often used interchangeably to indicate a predominant form of dress during a given time.

    Costume publications can be found throughout the Humanities and Social Sciences Library, from Special Collections to the General Research Division. The majority of works on costume and fashion history, however, are located in the Wallach Division’s Art & Architecture Collection, and served through its reading room (Room 300). 

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk, or e-mail us at artref@nypl.org

    Compiled by Paula A. Baxter, March 2007

    Using the Library’s Catalog

    For general instruction on using the Library’s catalog, please consult “How Do I Find a Book.”  The following information is specific to the subjects of costume and fashion history.

    Subject headings in our online catalog, CATNYP, derive from Library of Congress Subject Headings, available at the reference desk in Room 300. The following categories of subject headings will provide a working guide to what kinds of headings should be used.

    The most commonly used terms are:

    Clothing and dress
    Costume
    Costume Design
    Fashion
    Fashion Designers

    Note: since Costume is an older term in use, more entries for historical titles will appear under this heading than for Clothing and dress. A comprehensive search should make use of both main headings. 

    These headings can be subdivided by time period (century) and geographical location.

    Clothing and Dress—United States
    Costume—Great Britain
    Costume—Austria—Tyrol

    Narrower terms exist, including the following selected headings:

    Aprons
    Belts (Clothing)
    Children’s clothing
    Clothing and dress measurements
    Coats
    Collars
    Color in clothing
    Dress Accessories
    Footwear
    Fur garments
    Jackets
    Men’s clothing
    Millinery
    Nationalism and clothing
    Neckwear
    Riding habit
    Sleepwear
    Sports clothes
    Suits (Clothing)
    Sweaters
    Tailoring
    Underwear
    Uniforms
    Vintage clothing
    Women’s clothing
    Work clothes

    Searching by subject will usually generate the most accurate and beneficial results. However, if you are not certain of the correct subject heading to use, you may have better luck with a keyword search on CATNYP, particularly if you are looking for a specific dress mode or historical term. For individual artists or designers, you should search by both author and subject.

    Selected Key Historical Titles

    Books with plates of costume first appeared in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. A “golden age” of illustrated plate books then developed by the mid-to-late eighteenth century and extended into the early nineteenth century. These publications were intended for wealthy clients and featured a variety of historical dress depictions, unlike earlier efforts that concentrated on contemporary garb. More works began to appear regularly through the nineteenth century, many geared toward theater costume needs. Historical visual surveys, often with large-size plates, grew in popularity during the Victorian era. The following titles are a sample (without annotations) of the Library’s large collection of landmark historical costume studies, including innovative works on national and ceremonial dress. 

    A Collection of the dresses of different nations, antient and modern. London: Thomas Jefferys, 1757-72. 4 vol. (MMC+)

    Duplessis, Georges. Costumes historiques des XVIe, XVIIe,  et XVIIIe siècles. Paris: Levy, 1867. (MMC+)

    Jacquemin, Raphael. Iconographie générale et methodique du costume du 4e au 19e siècle. Paris: s.n., 1869.  (MMC++)

    Lipperheide, F.J. von. Kostümsammlung Lipperheide. Leipzig: s.n., 1884. (MMB)

    Meyrick, Samuel Rush. A Critical inquiry into antient armour… London: H.G. Bohn, 1842. (MMC+)

    Racinet, Auguste. Le Costume historique. Paris: Firmin-Didot et Cie, 1888. (3-MMC+)

    Schneider, Louis. Gallerie der costüme… Berlin: Winkelmann, 1844-48. (MMC)

    Strutt, Joseph. A Complete view of the dress and habits of the people of England… London: H.G. Bohn, 1842. (MMK+)

    Tiron, René. Histoire et costumes des orders religieux, civils et militaries. Brussels: Librairie Historique-Artistique, 1845. (MMED)

    Reference Resources by Topic

    Since scholarly literature on costume and fashion history is a fairly recent academic achievement, fewer reference publications have been developed than might be expected. A majority of these works are devoted to the business and advertising side of the clothing industry. Endeavors based on historical evaluation are growing, however, and more relevant tools should appear in the coming years. The most useful tools at present cover terminology and identification of subject-specific theories, trends, and historical individuals.

    Reference Tools

    Calasibetta, Charlotte Mankey. Fairchild’s dictionary of fashion. New York: Fairchild Pub., 1988 edition in Art ( MME 89-5314), and 1998 edition at SIBL (JSE 03-977)
    This book provides alphabetical listing of terms used in costume, fashion history, and clothing production. Multiple definitions are given when they exist, including brands, products, and informal or slang terms, along with pronunciations for some entries.

    Callan, Georgina O’Hara. The Thames and Hudson dictionary of fashion and fashion designers. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1998. (MME 00-4911)
    Covers the period from 1840, when the introduction of the sewing machine laid the ground for the forthcoming ready-to-wear industry, until the end of the 1990s. Focuses on major fashion capitals of this time, from Paris to Milan, and dress terms connected with haute couture. Biographies included on designers, illustrators, artists and style icon figures, such as English model Twiggy.

    Davies, Stephanie. Costume language: a dictionary of dress terms. Malvern: Cressrelles, 1994. (MMC 96-2857)
    This is an academically oriented guide that gives concise definitions and origins for costume and fashion history terms. Particularly good at explaining terms derived from foreign words, e.g. houpplelande, redingote.

    Encyclopedia of clothing and fashion. Edited by Valerie Steele. Farmington Hills, MI: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 2005. 3 vol. (*R-Art 05-5568)

    An important tool because of its accessibility, the dictionary style alphabetical entries cover dress types, modes, materials, specialized garments, social theory and factors, historical topics, geographical dress, and significant individuals. The scope is global, ranging from “academic dress” to “zoot suits.”  The social theory entries provide up-to-date scholarly insights, and the bibliography attached to entries lead readers to the most important publications on that topic.

    Historical Surveys and Fashion Theory (20th Century)

    The development of a scholarly literature on costume history and fashion theory is largely a product of research that began in earnest in the mid-to-late 1960s. Historical surveys provide far-ranging descriptions and illustrations that permit readers to view dress changes over an extended period of time. The first important fashion theory publications, however, treated clothing as a key symptom of social change.

     

    Batterberry, Michael. Mirror, mirror: a social history of fashion. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1977. (MMC+ 78-849)
    This study’s useful and rather spirited methodology gives the reader a well-drawn frame of reference for clothing’s evolution from antiquity to the modern era.

    Boucher, François. 20,000 years of fashion: the history of costume and personal
    adornment.  New York: H.N. Abrams, 1967. (MMC)
    A standard illustrated, textbook-like treatment of clothing that gives readers a running visual and descriptive timeline of stylistic change.

    Byrde, Penelope. Nineteenth century fashion. London: Batsford, 1992. (MMK 92-15879)
    An important, self-contained look at the production of clothing for that century. Styles and modes are related to historical developments in technology and lifestyle.

    Clancy, Deirdre. Costume since 1945: couture, street style, and anti-fashion. New York: Drama Publishers, 1996. (MME 97-279)
    This book attempts to capture the more informal, popular culture influences that have affected modern dress since World War II. Shows the impact of media and technology as well.

    De Marly, Diana. The history of haute couture 1850-1950. New York: Holmes and Meier, 1980. (MMC 81-874)

    A definitive examination of haute couture’s origins and impetus, including evaluation of the great couturiers Worth and Poiret. Covers the development of couture houses and their context within marketplace and consumer demand.

    Laver, James. Costume and fashion: a concise history. 4th ed. New York: Thames and Hudson, 2002. (MMC 95-13801)
    Laver was one of the most important early costume historians, relating dress and social history in both meaningful and entertaining ways.

    Steele, Valerie. Paris fashion: a cultural history. Oxford; New York: Berg, 1998. (3-MME 99-9956)
    This work links the historical and social factors that made Paris such an important center for fashion.

    Steele, Valerie. Women of fashion: twentieth-century designers. New York: Rizzoli, 1991. (MME+ 92-6954)
    Treats the women who helped define the term “fashion designer,” while showing the feminine side of an industry most often dominated by men.

    Yarwood, Doreen. Costume of the Western world: pictorial guide and glossary. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1980. (MMC 86-83)
    A well-rounded visual survey of western dress with quick-at-a-glance drawings.  Historical dress terms are the main focus with century summaries that start in 1000 (the early Middle Ages) and run up to 1980.

    Men’s Clothing

    Men led fashion from antiquity to our modern era, before ceding authority to the growing haute couture emphasis on feminine dress. As the literature of costume and fashion history grew through the twentieth century, studies of men’s wear remained considerably less numerous than those for women. Attempts at redressing this imbalance have begun over the last three decades, aided by the advent of gender studies. Many of these newer publications examine the traditional masculine diffidence about fashion, and some titles, in particular, look at the relationship between men’s clothing and popular culture. 

     

    Bennett-England, Rodney. Dress optional: the revolution in menswear. London: Owen, 1967. (3-MME)
    Anchors social history, popular culture and mass media awareness of men’s clothing, and how casual dress, including sportswear, make up modern clothing choices.

    Chenoune, Farid. Des Modes et des hommes: deux siècles d’élégance masculine. Paris: Flammarion, 1993. (JFF 96-3454)
    A fairly thorough survey of masculine dress with emphasis on upper class dress modes.

    Flusser, Alan. Clothes and the man: the principles of fine men’s dress. New York: Villard Books, 1992. (JQF 04-260)
    A primer for what constitutes contemporary fine male dress. Discusses garment types and how they should be worn, traditional uses of accessories, and principles of masculine clothing that are based on historical precedent.

    Laver, James. Dress. London: John Murray, 1966. (MMC+)
    One of costume historian Laver’s most far-flung approaches to the history of men’s dress is offered in concise, anecdotal form.

    McDowell, Colin. The Man of fashion. London: Thames and Hudson, 1997. (3-MME+ 97-13412)
    A historical examination of masculine attempts to lead fashion, with particular focus on dandyism and sartorial elegance as social goals.

    Polhemus, Ted. Streetstyle: from sidewalk to catwalk. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1994. (3-MMC 95-9354)
    Covers the development of a modern era casual menswear industry, along with anti-fashion trends. Follows influences from both the streets and haute couture houses.

    Waugh, Nora. The Cut of men’s clothes 1600-1900. London: Faber & Faber, 1964. (MMC 84-684)
    A classic study of exactly how men’s clothes were cut and shaped, right up to the dominance of the ready-to-wear clothing industry.

    Zakim, Michael. Ready-made democracy: a history of men’s dress in the American Republic, 1760-1860. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2003. (JQE 04-141)
    Evaluates the historical conditions and events that led to changes in American masculine clothing, and how the New World provided leadership in mass tailoring techniques, and the introduction of a ready-to-wear industry.

    Women’s Clothing and Fashion

    The majority of publications on costume history relate to feminine dress. This reality reflects the social perception that the fashion business is all about women’s clothing, although recent scholarship is seeking to redress this imbalance. While men largely control the fashion industry, women-centric books and magazines continue to flood the marketplace. In fact, women’s garments only really achieved new direction in the twentieth century, when they were able to adopt masculine trousers and suits.

    Carter, Ernestine. The changing world of fashion: 1900 to the present. New York: Putnam, 1977. (MMC 79-2599)
    Reviews the 20th century’s major feminine clothing transitions, from hemlines to silhouettes.

    Dorner, Jane. Fashion: the changing shape of fashion through the years. London: Octopus Books, 1974. (MMC 77-83)
    A textbook-like visual and descriptive survey of changes (however minute) in women’s dress.

    Ewing, Elizabeth. Dress and undress: a history of women’s underwear. London: Batsford, 1978. (MMV 86-53)
    Examines how changes in undergarments demonstrate a “liberation” of the female body from passive to active mode.

    Moore, Doris Langley-Levy. The woman in fashion. London; New York: Batsford, 1949. (MME)
    A classic study of how women came to appropriate fashion leadership.

    Steele, Valerie. The corset: a cultural history. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. (JFF 02-476)
    This book traces the development of and use of this all-important foundation undergarment.

    Steele, Valerie. Fashion and eroticism: ideals of feminine beauty from the Victorian era to the Jazz Age. New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. (3-MME 85-1642)
    Looks at the social and psychological factors behind women’s dress as it changed during the early modern era.

    Warren, Geoffrey. Fashion accessories since 1500. London: Unwin Hyman; New York: Drama Book Pub., 1987. (MMV 88-3041)
    A century-by-century examination of adornment, including headgear, gloves, shoes, handbags, and related decorative elements.

    Waugh, Nora. Corsets and crinolines. London: Batsford, 1954. (MMV+)
    An early, but still influential, review of women’s clothes for a historical period.

    Waugh, Norah. The cut of women’s clothes 1600-1930. London: Faber, 1968. (MMC)
    Provides a chronological summary of how feminine garments were shaped and tailored.

    Fashion and Gender Studies

    The new academic preoccupation with gender, ethnicity, and social interaction is of fairly recent date. Multi-disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies offer evaluations of dress in new contexts. While social history has always been the underlying methodology of costume surveys, gender-based investigation permits broader considerations of the impact of dress on behavior and the marketplace. The examples below are critical texts consulted for the Library’s exhibition on “A Rakish History of Men’s Wear.” A large number of these publications may be found in the JF class (General Research Division).

     

    Breward, Christopher. The Hidden consumer: masculinities, fashion and city life 1860-1914. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1999. (JFE 00-3195)
    An important academic study of how consumerism affected the development of male dress.

    Byrde, Penelope. The Male image: men’s fashion in Britain 1300-1970. London: B.T. Batsford, 1979. (3-MMK 88-5451)
    Insightful national costume study that offers concise access to key clothing transitions.

    Crane, Diana. Fashion and its social agendas: class, gender, and identity in clothing. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000. (3-MME 00-12554)
    Academic essays that place clothing and social aspects in context. Covers popular culture trends and the role of marketing to create group identity in dress.

    Dandies: fashion and finesse in art and culture. Edited by Susan Fillin-Yeh. New York: New York University Press, 2001. (3-MME 01-6383)
    An anthology of essays related to the rise of the dandy and social perceptions about his (and her) role.
     
    Harvey, John. Men in black. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1995. (JFE 94-10137)
    A social history of the various historical uses of black clothing, leading up to the adoption of black as a standard color for modern era men’s wear.

    Hollander, Anne. Sex and suits. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994. (JFE 94-14291)
    Treats the diverse elements behind the evolution of the masculine suit: including form and sexuality, relevant aspects of modernity, and the role of the fashion industry.

    Men and women: dressing the part. Edited by Claudia Kidwell and Valerie Steele. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1989. (3-MMP 89-19256)

    Delineates issues specific to the two sexes and their social context.

    Locating Journal Articles

    Guides to articles written on costume and fashion history can be found in the following relevant online indexes, found on the Library’s Selected Electronic Resources file under the term “Art & Architecture:”

    Art Index Retrospective

    Art Full Text

    *ArtBibliographies Modern

    Bibliography of the History of Art (BHA)

    *Design and Applied Art Index

    If a journal is located in one of these indexes, the next step requires searching the journal’s title in CATNYP to see if the Library owns this periodical, and to obtain the classmark for requesting the item.

     

    * represents indices that may feature a higher proportion of articles related to clothing history

    Electronic Resources

    Visual Resources

    The Library’s website www.nypl.org provides access to the Digital Gallery, where thousands of costume related imagery can be found. Two sections in particular, “Customs and Costume: Surveys and Examples of National Studies to 1900” and “Dress and Fashion: Design and Manufacture” show historical costume plates. Also to be found in the Digital Gallery is the online resource of the Picture Collection, with over 30,000 images from the collection. The Picture Collection, with over a million physical images on file in folders, is located at the Mid-Manhattan Library on 5th Avenue and 40th Street. A limited amount of historical costume images can be found by searching the scholarly image database ARTstor, which compiles artworks and illustrations from museum and other cultural collections.

    Selected Internet Sites

    Internet resources on costume and fashion history can be problematic. Quality control remains a serious issue for sites that are built to feature costume history, and the actual number of such sites is limited. A majority of these sites have a commercial basis or creator. Therefore, the areas of contemporary fashion business, advertising, and haute couture are better represented online. Major designers often have their own sites.

    Useful, representative sites:

  • Decorative Arts

    Furniture; Glass and Stained Glass; Metalware; Rugs and Carpets

    Introduction to the Collections

    The study of decorative art objects is an old practice, but has accelerated during the 20th century, with the founding of decorative arts, related museum studies degree programs, and general public interest in collecting antiques and collectibles. Materials on the decorative arts can be found mainly in the Library’s Art & Architecture Collection. The collection has rich retrospective holdings on furniture, glass and stained glass, metalware, and rugs and carpets. All of the reference resources listed in this guide are located in that department. These reference tools can help in identifying the origins of various objects and serve as useful guides to visual images, history, terminology, and bibliography for further study. While the staff of the Art & Architecture Collection cannot engage in authentication and appraisal, they are able to lead users to appropriate reference sources for attribution and provenance research. Publications related to decorative arts economic production and patronage may also be found in the General Research Division. Separate research guides are available on Jewelry (link) and Pottery (link).

     

    Using the Library’s Catalog

    Subject headings are the best general entry point. The Library catalog CATNYP uses the Library of Congress Subject Headings. The broadest subject headings are as follows:

    Antiques
    Art Objects
    Decoration and Ornament
    Decorative Arts

    The following headings are the most direct ones for Furniture, Glass and Stained Glass, Metalware, and Rugs and Carpets:

    Furniture
    Furniture—Attribution
    Furniture—Styles
    Furniture, Dutch Colonial
    Furniture Finishing
    Furniture Workers

    Glass
    Glass painting and staining
    Glass, Colored
    Cut Glass
    Glass Containers
    Glassware (may subdivide by country)

    Art Metal-work
    Flatware
    Pewter
    Pewter—Marks
    Plate
    Silverwork
    Silver Bowls
    Silver—Plated Ware

    Carpets
    Rugs
    Rugs—Private Collections
    Rugs—New York (State)
    Rugs, Prayer
    Rugs, Yoruk
    Textile Fabrics
    Keyword searching can be helpful, as long as broad terms are not used. Limited keyword searches to specific words that are as unique as possible to the search topic. The name of a manufacturer, a private collection, or a specific process or style may be useful terms to add to a word search. Advanced word searching can help locate titles published within a specific range of years.

    General Reference Resources

    A number of general reference tools have been created that cover important aspects of decorative art and design related to furniture, glass, metalwork, and textiles. These resources include dictionaries of terms, directories, encyclopedias, and survey guides. They provide accurate entries that define and explain specific forms of decorative art and their design functions.

    Boger, Ada. The Dictionary of Antiques and the Decorative Arts; a book of reference for glass, furniture, ceramics, silver, periods, styles, technical terms, etc. New York: Scribner, 1967.
    Alphabetical entries with useful line drawings; one of the oldest, most authoritative dictionaries.

    Byars, Mel. The Design Encyclopedia. London: L. King Pub.; New York: Museum of Modern Art, 2004.
    Chronicles the important developments that affected 19th and 20th century objects design.

    Fleming, John and Hugh Honour. Dictionary of the Decorative Arts. New York: Harper & Row, 1977.
    American edition of a European classic reference tool, with emphasis on Western art objects.

    Hiesinger, Kathryn B. Antiquespeak: a guide to the styles, techniques, and materials of the decorative arts, from the Renaissance to Art Deco. New York: Abbeville Press, 1997.
    Terms for carpets, works in various metals: silver; gold; bronze; and pewter, glass, and furniture by period. Entries identify important movements, artists and designers through the 1930s.

    Materials and Techniques in the Decorative Arts: An Illustrated Dictionary. Edited by Lucy Trench. London: John Murray, 2000.
    Scholarly yet concise alphabetical entries with pertinent illustrations. Particularly good for explanations of techniques.

    Miller, Judith. The Illustrated Dictionary of Antiques & Collectibles. Boston: Little, Brown and Co., 2001.
    Good visual survey of periods and styles with terse but informative entries.

    Furniture

    General
    Aronson, Joseph. The Encyclopedia of Furniture. 3rd ed. New York: Crown Publ., 1965.
    2500 alphabetically arranged short entries on world furniture, from antiquity to the early modernist period. Longer essays on major countries, types of furniture and styles. Many black-and-white illustrations. "Glossary of Designers and Craftsmen" in back of volume.

    Blakemore, Robbie. G. History of Interior Design & Furniture: From Ancient Egypt to Nineteenth-century Europe. Hoboken, NJ: J. Wiley & Sons, 2006.
    Broad survey history with good line drawing illustrations. Excellent coverage of 17th through 19th century styles.

    Boger, Louise Ade. The Complete Guide to Furniture Styles. New York: Charles Scribner's, 1959.
    Broad survey history organized by historical period with subdivisions for geographic coverage and specific styles: e.g. Louis XIV, Empire, French Provincial, Chippendale, American Colonial, and Federal. Text followed by black and white plates of over 500 objects, bibliography on pp. 423-429.

    Edwards, Clive. Encyclopedia of Furniture Materials, Trades, and Techniques. Brookfield, VT: Ashgate Pub., 2000.
    Scholarly essay style entries with good cross-references to related terms, including useful black and white illustrations and some bibliographic citations.

    Fiell, Charlotte and Peter Fiell. 1000 Chairs. Köln; New York: Taschen, 1997.
    A clear-cut visual survey history, with concise text, that covers the history of chair design in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

    Lockwood, Luke Vincent. The Furniture Collectors’ Glossary. New York: Da Capo Press, 1967.
    Alphabetical list of terms for forms, functions, decoration, major figures and styles. Line drawing illustrations.

    Piña, Leslie. Furniture in History, 3000 B.C.- 2000 A.D. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2003.
    A survey which effectively highlights the highlights of historical periods, with emphasis on hand crafting versus industrial design.

    World Furniture: An Illustrated History. Edited by Helena Hayward. New York: McGraw Hill, 1965.
    Profusely illustrated, much of it in color, this historical survey is arranged by time period, then subdivided by country or geographical region. Provides quick visual overview of national styles and their development, broadly treating works in terms of their historical evolution.

    English

    Edwards, Ralph. The Shorter Dictionary of English Furniture: From the Middle Ages to the Late Georgian Period. London: Country Life, Ltd, 1964.
    A revised version of one part of an earlier work, The Dictionary of English Furniture. Covers late 15th century up to 1820. Many black and white illustrations. Essays of varying length on types of furniture, specific objects and styles. Section on cabinet-makers, craftsmen, decorative artists at end of the volume.

    Pictorial Dictionary of 19th century British Furniture Design. Woodbridge: Antique Collectors' Club, 1977.
    Begins with key dates in 19th century English furniture history; contemporary sources quoted in the Dictionary; essays on designers and design books; pictorial dictionary by type of furniture, primarily illustrated with line drawings and engravings.


    American

    Kay, Myrna. Fake, Fraud or Genuine? Identifying Authentic American Furniture. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1987.
    Sourcebook of identification techniques, problems in construction, inspection processes and various clues to spotting fraudulently identified pieces. Covers 17th -19th century furniture. Chapter on "Technology as Evidence". Many photographs, often of test cases and their details.

    Bjerkoe, Ethel Hall. The Cabinetmakers of America. Garden City: Doubleday, 1957.
    Introductory essay on "Cabinetmaking as it developed in America". Brief biographical sketches of cabinetmakers. Bibliography, pp. 249-252.

    Butler, Joseph T. Field Guide to American Antique Furniture. New York: Facts on File, 1985.
    Using a "Systematic visual approach," traces the history of American furniture from 17th through early 20th century. 1700 illustrations -- line drawings arranged in chronological sequence by type of furniture, e.g. daybeds, sofas, chests, desks. Forms divided by style, then geographic origin.

    Iverson, Marion Day. The American Chair 1630-1890. New York: Hastings House, 1957.
    Illustrated essays on chairs by historic period, with sections on styles, e.g. Windsor, Queen Anne, Hepplewhite, Turned Chairs. Appendix on museums and historic houses with significant holdings.

    Sack, Albert. The New Fine Points of Furniture: Early American. New York: Crown Publishers, 1993.
    Uses illustrated examples to show the reader good, superior and finest quality furniture pieces. Explains details about construction and ornamental features.

    Semowich, Charles J. American Furniture Craftsmen Working Prior to 1920: An Annotated Bibliography. Westport: Greenwood Press, 1984.
    Allows access to useful biographical information in more obscure sources. Alphabetical lists by craftsmen's names of works about individuals; works about groups of craftsmen; general works; trade catalogs; craftsman-biographical index referring to numbered citations in first section; author-title index; subject index.

    Glass and Stained Glass

    Brady, Darlene and William Serban. Stained Glass: A Guide to Information Sources. Detroit: Gale, 1980.
    Bibliographical entries on general reference sources; dissertations and theses; periodicals; library collections; archives and museums; events and resources. Several useful indexes for authors, titles and subjects.

    Florence, Gene. The Collector’s Encyclopedia of Depression Glass. 9th ed. Paducah: Collector Books, 1990.
    Highly illustrated guide to all physical, historical and technical aspects of this extremely popular glassware. Contains many identifying measurements and information on glass craftspeople and firms.

    Guide to Trade Catalogs from the Corning Museum of Glass. New York: Clearwater, 1987.
    These trade catalogs serve as important guides to identifying the production of various types of U.S. and foreign glassware: bottles and druggists' glass; cut glass; flat glass; laboratory ware; lighting glassware and lamps; and tableware. Indexes for companies, geographical locations, chronology and subjects.

    Hartmann, Carolus. Glasmarken Lexikon 1600-1945. Stuttgart: Arnoldsche, 1997.
    Covers Europe and North America with over 11,000 hallmarks, signatures and firm marks. Includes known artists and short entries describing practices.

    Jones, Robert. Biographical Index of Historic American Stained Glass Makers. Raytown, MO: Stained Glass Association of America, 2002.
    The entries cover artists from the colonial era to the mid-20th century.

    McKearin, Helen and George. Two Hundred Years of American Blown Glass. Garden City: Doubleday & Co., 1950.
    Large survey history of American glass production, with background on glassmaking in various periods, table and other fine wares, blown and mold glass, nineteenth century bottles and window glasshouses. With many color and black and white photographs, and selected bibliography, pp. 361-366.

    Newman, Harold. An Illustrated Dictionary of Glass. London: Thames and Hudson, 1977.
    Contains 2442 entries for terms about "wares, materials, processes, forms and decorative styles, and entries on principal glass-makers, decorators, and designers, from antiquity to the present." Introductory essay on the history of glassmaking.

    Pullin, Anne Geffken. Glass Signatures, Trademarks and Trade Names from the Seventeenth to the Twentieth Century. Radnor, PA: Wallace-Homestead, 1986.
    Technical entry on “How to Look at Glass” is invaluable. Indexes major signatures, trademarks and trade names. Has glossary of selected foreign terms and a section on benchmark dates.

    Raguin, Virginia. Stained Glass: From its Origins to the Present. New York: H.N. Abrams, 2003.
    A substantial historical overview of glass painting and staining, with excellent bibliography.

    Sourcebook 2001/[Stained Glass Association of America]. Hartland, MI: Stained Glass Association of America, 2001.
    Describes stained glass practices, standards, professional studios, and association members.

    Vose, Ruth Hurst. Glass: The Connoisseur Illustrated Guide. London: The Connoisseur, 1975.
    Organized into sections on techniques, blowing and molding, colored and clear glass, decorative practices and later techniques, with many illustrative line drawings and selected color photographs.

    Who’s Who in Contemporary Glass Art: A Comprehensive World Guide to Glass Artists; Craftsmen; Designers. Munich: Joachim Waldrich Verlag, 1993.
    Arranged by alphabetical biographical entries. Includes Native Country index and a Residence index.

     

    Metalware

    General

    International Hallmarks on Silver. Paris: Tardy, 1985.
    Technical information in introduction. Material gathered on European common certification process for silver. Hallmarks reproduced in sections by country. Index to places mentioned. Analytical index of hallmarks listed in this book. Covers selected countries in Europe, Africa and Asia.

    Rosenberg, Marc. Der Goldschmeide Merkzeichen. Frankfurt am Main: H. Keller, 1890. 4 vol.
    Lists 20,000 gold and silver makers in Europe, chiefly German. Listed by city or province. Register/index of monograms reproduced.

    Perry, Evan. Collecting Antique Metalware. Garden City: Doubleday & Co, 1974.
    Guidebook to forms and functions of various metalware, fake and reproductions, care and conservation.

    Newman, Harold. An Illustrated Dictionary of Silverware. London: Thames and Hudson, 1987.
    Contains 2,373 entries on British and North American silver. Techniques, styles, leading designers and makers from ca. 1500 to the present; emphasis on 17th - 19th centuries, alphabetical arrangement, well illustrated.

    Silver and Pewter

    Brett, Vanessa. Phaidon Guide to Pewter. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1982.
    Guidebook with essays on history and production processes. Lists types of pewter by country - Western Europe and U.S. Chapters on 19th century style: art nouveau to contemporary. Glossary register of pewter marks, pp. 230-245.

    Ensko, Stephen & Dorothy. American Silversmiths and Their Marks. Boston: David R. Godine, 1988.
    The authors have devised a final, revised edition of the classic 1915 work by Robert Ensko and three subsequent books by Stephen. Gives names and marks of early American silversmiths from 1650-1850; list of silver objects with found marks, unidentified marks; locations of silversmiths' shops with maps provided; facsimile pages from four previous Ensko books; illustrations of various silver forms, e.g. cups, bowls, tankards, tea sets, flatware.

    Fallon, John P. Marks of London Goldsmiths and Silversmiths 1837-1914. London: Barrie & Jenkins: 1992.
    An invaluable resource for identifying hallmarks from this time period. Provides hallmark drawings and history of the firms involved.

    Jackson’s Silver & Gold Marks of England, Scotland and Ireland. Edited by Ian Pickford. Woodbridge: Antique Collectors' Club, 1989 (1905).
    Revised and enlarged edition of Sir Charles Jackson's classic work English Goldsmiths and their Marks. Describes London plate, marks and names, lists provincial goldsmiths by region, has sections on Wales, Scotland & Ireland. Reproduces marks by date with photographs of details.

    Kovel, Ralph & Terry. Kovel’s American Silver Marks. New York: Crown Publishers, 1989.
    Covers two periods 1640 -1850, andl 1850-1980. Alphabetical listing including initials with names/firms listed when known, including dates and hallmarks reproduced when identified. Useful bibliography, pp. 418-421.

    Okie, Howard Pitcher. Old Silver and Old Sheffield Plate. New York: Doubleday, 1928.
    Covers silversmiths in Great Britain and Ireland, reproducing about 13,000 hallmarks in facsimile. American tables of date letters and other marks. Hallmarks and date letters for Paris Guild of Silversmiths. Continental European hallmarks are listed. A history of Old Sheffield plate is provided, with a description of the method of its production, and key names and hallmarks.

    Rainwater, Dorthy T. American Silver Manufacturers. Hanover: Everybodys Press, 1966.
    Compiled to identify silversmiths who were manufacturers. Covers 1842 - 1920. Useful because no official guild halls with records were established for the U.S. Makes references to 1896-1915 Jewelers’ Circular publications. Trade-marks of the jewelry and kindred trades. Alphabetical name listing, with cross-references, short description of individual or firm and hallmark reproduced when available. Glossary, pp. 207 - 213, bibliography, pp. 215-223.

    Rainwater, Dorothy T. and H. Ivan. American Silverplate. Nashville: Thomas Nelson; Hanover: Everybodys Press, 1968.
    Essays on historical background, manufacturing, productions processes, styles and types of silver by function, many drawings and photographs.

    Stern, Jewel. Modernism in American Silver: 20th-century Design. Dallas: Dallas Museum of Art; New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.
    Major exhibition of influential silver work with excellent bibliography and index.

    Wyler, Seymour B. The Book of Old Silver. New York: Crown Publishers, 1937, (1971).
    Essays on historical aspects of old silver, e.g. laws, frauds, collection and care, types of silver items, Sheffield plate. American and European countries' hallmarks. Index to marks.

    Rugs and Carpets

    Allane, Lee. Oriental Rugs: A Buyer’s Guide. London: Thames and Hudson, 1988.
    General introduction for the beginning or amateur enthusiast. Explains rug names and terms; how Oriental rugs are made; issues to consider when buying a rug. A section of color plates follows, with information on designs and "Rugs of the major Producing Countries", e.g. Persia, Anatolia, Afghan and others.

    Curatola, Giovanni. Oriental Carpets. London: Souvenir Press, 1981.
    Heavily illustrated survey useful for identifying makes and types of carpets, their colors, patterns and symbology.

    Gans-Ruedin, E. The Connoisseur’s Guide to Oriental Carpets. Rutland; Tokyo: Charles E. Tuttle. 1971.
    Thorough historical survey with sections on the characteristics of carpets, buying and care. Remainder of volume covers classification of carpets by country or region, with sections on various types, illustrations and specific examples.

    Murphy, Brian. The Root of Wild Madder: Chasing the History, Mystery, and the Lore of the Persian Carpet. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2005.
    A colorful account of the Persian carpet’s history and its weavers and sellers.

    Neff, Ivan C. and Carol Maggs. Dictionary of Oriental Rugs: With a Monograph on Identification by Weave. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1977.
    Technical guide concerned with explaining origins of types of Oriental rugs by their weave patterns.

    Rosenstiel, Helene Von. American Rugs and Carpets: From the Seventeenth Century to Modern Times. New York: William Morrow, 1978.
    Strong survey history of various types of American floor covering from painted floor, matting, linoleum and oilcloth, to loomed carpets. Pattern chronology, bibliography, pp. 184-187.

     

    Locating Periodical Articles

    Periodical indexes that will cover these selected decorative arts may be found in the Library’s Selected Electronic Resources page under the category “Art & Architecture.” The following electronic indexes provide access to key journal articles on the various subjects:

    Art Index Retrospective
    Indexes articles that may cover decorative arts subjects from 420 international periodicals, yearbooks, and museum publications for the period 1929-1984

    Art Full Text
    Continues the indexing of Art Index from 1984 to the present, with the occasional full text coverage for some titles.

    ARTbibliographies Modern
    Indexes and abstracts periodical article, books, dissertations, and exhibition catalogues related to twentieth century design and some decorative arts.

    Design and Applied Arts Index
    Indexes 450 international design and craft journals with coverage of designers, artists, decorative arts movements, firms, studios and workshops. Coverage from 1973 to present.

     

    Visual Image Databases

    Databases of visual images for the decorative arts have been slow to develop but are growing. The decorative arts are often represented by commercial interests, however, so the following resources have been chosen for their usefulness for teaching and presentation purposes.

    ARTstor
    This organization is a not-for-profit scholarly developer and distributor of electronic digital images for art study, gathered from museums and other cultural institutions. Collections with strong decorative arts holdings in furniture, glass, metalware, and textiles are included. Users can build their own file of study images. Access this database through the Library’s Selected Electronic Resources page.

    Digital Library for the Decorative Arts and Material Culture
    http://decorativearts.library.wisc.edu/images.html
    An important image database from the University of Wisconsin offers an academic collection’s focus.

    NYPL Digital Gallery/NYPL Digital Library Collections
    The Library’s searchable database of visual materials documenting culture studies and social history from antiquity to the present. Among the over 450,000 images from the Library’s collections are many decorative arts objects, including furniture, glass, metalware, and rugs. Access is through the Library’s homepage at www.nypl.org and through the Selected Electronic Resources page.

    Selected Internet Resources

    Decorative arts websites are primarily commercial in origin, with a few selective exemptions from academic and museums sources. Major decorative arts firms can have their own websites that may give historical information and archival imagery.

    Appraisers Association of America
    www.appraisersassoc.org

    Art Dealers Association of America
    www.artdealers.org

    Bard Graduate Center. Studies in the Decorative Arts, Design, and Culture. Education Programs.
    www.bgc.bard.edu

    Victoria and Albert Museum. Decorative Arts Collections
    www.vam.ac.uk/collections/index.htlm

    National Gallery of Art Decorative Arts Collection
    www.nga.gov/collection/gallery/decarts.shtm

    Furniture Styles and History
    www.furniturestyles.net

    The Furniture History Society
    www.furniturehistory.org.au

    Association for the History of Glass
    www.historyofglass.org.uk

    Rijksmuseum Amsterdam Gold and Silverwork History Collection
    www.rijksmuseum.ni/aria/aria_encyclopedia

    The Persian Carpet Gallery
    www.persia.org/Images/Persian_carpet/carpet_history.html

     

    Compiled by Paula A. Baxter, Art & Architecture Collection, 11/07

  • Empire and Regency Styles

    Two distinctive movements, now known as the Empire Style and the Regency Style, were born out of the formal Neoclassicism that dominated late eighteenth century European building and decoration. These styles were stimulated in large part by the bitter rivalry of France and England and their rulers. Napoleon I (1769-1821), self-styled Emperor of the French, chose to extend France’s imperial grandeur through force of arms. Upon assuming the throne in 1804, he immediately launched an ambitious art and design program that lasted until his reign ended in 1815. Across the English Channel, the Prince Regent, the future King George IV (1762-1830), sought ways to celebrate England’s heritage through his active patronage of the arts.

    Social conditions in this time period, often known as the Napoleonic era, created the two new decorative styles. New archaeological findings in Greece, Rome, Pompeii and Egypt inspired a wave of key pattern books. Furniture and art from antiquity enlivened the new styles. A shared taste for Egyptomania and the symbolic application of ornament simultaneously animated contemporary furnishings in France and England. Since the Napoleonic era was a time of continuous military conflict, martial designs crept into fashionable decoration, bringing camp furniture, pennant-style draperies, and tented beds into vogue. 

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk, or e-mail us at artref@nypl.org

    Compiled by Paula A. Baxter, Art & Architecture Collection, 9/04

    Using the Library’s Catalog

    The Empire and Regency styles do not have direct headings in the Library of Congress Subject Headings volumes. Instead, the terms used are:

    Decoration and Ornament—Empire Style
    Decoration and Ornament—Regency Style

    Also, geographic subdivisions can be used, as in

    Decoration and Ornament—France—Empire Style

    Related headings of use may be:

    Architecture, Regency
    Furniture, Regency —Great Britain
    Regency—England

    And

    England—Social life and customs—19th century
    France—Social life and customs—19th century

    Background Research

    Two concise encyclopedia entries exist that define the Empire and Regency Styles. They are:

    Derek Linstrum. “Empire Style,” Vol. 1, pp. 412-415.

    Steven Parissien. “Regency Style,” Vol. 2, pp. 1036-1041.

    IN: Encyclopedia of Interior Design. Edited by Joanna Banham. London: Fitzroy Dearborn, 1997. (MLO 97-13993 Front)

    Reference Works

    Survey Histories:

    France – Social History

    England – Social History

    Reference Works

    Curl, James Stevens. Egyptomania: The Egyptian Revival, a Recurring Theme in the History of Taste. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press, 1994. (3-MAL 94-13038)
    Includes an essay on “The Egyptian Revival after the Napoleonic Campaigns in Egypt,” which describes the contributions of Denon Vivant, Thomas Hope, and others, and how the use of Egyptian motifs fit into contemporary Neoclassical expression, especially in furniture design.

    Glover, Michael. The Napoleonic Wars: An Illustrated History, 1792-1815. London: Batsford, 1979. (JFF 80-1366)
    Overview study of the chronological progression of conflicts from the time of the French Revolution until Napoleon’s defeat at Waterloo. Provides quick access to dates, statistics, and historical context.

    Historical Dictionary of the Napoleonic Era. Edited by George F. Nafziger. Lanham: Scarecrow Press, 2002. (*R-DG 02-3989)
    Ready reference tool for looking up key terms for individuals, locations, battles, and other events of the time period.

    France – Social History

    Napoleon Bonaparte came to power on the ashes of the fiery French Revolution, and distinguished himself militarily during the brief and chaotic Directoire period (1795-98). General Bonaparte engineered his rise from First Consul to Emperor in 1804 by cleverly manipulating weak politicians and an admiring army. Napoleon’s coronation, a dazzling display of pomp and pageantry, signaled the beginnings of an energetic overhaul of the French establishment in which his hand could be seen everywhere. Napoleon’s personal involvement extended to the creation of an artistic style, based on the Neoclassical aesthetic, which celebrated monumental scale, masculine severity, and bold ornamentation. 

    Boime, Albert. Art in an Age of Bonapartism 1800-1815. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1990. (3-MAM 91-5522)
    A study of the wide-ranging effect of Napoleon on the arts in France, England, and continental Europe. Examines social, political, and economic factors and the careers of key fine artists.

    Gengembre, Gérard. Napoleon: The Immortal Emperor. New York: Vendome, 2003. (JFF 03-3292)
    Handsome illustrated survey of the iconography of Napoleon from his era to the present.

    Mansel, Philip. The Eagle in Splendor: Napoleon I and his Court. London: George Philip, 1987. (JFF 88-890)
    Explores the protocol, pomp, pageantry, and motivation behind Napoleon ’s establishment of an imperial court.

    England – Social History

    George, the Prince of Wales, was born the eldest son of King George III. From an early age, the Prince became disaffected with his role: he was denied any extensive education or foreign travel, and not permitted active service in the military. Deprived of all appropriate occupations, he turned to the pursuit of pleasure, distressing his father with his fondness for wine, women, and conspicuous consumption. Over time, George became a sophisticated patron of the fine and decorative arts, and he did much to encourage noteworthy innovations in English architecture and decoration. The Regency Style owes a great debt to George’s active patronage during his years as Prince, Regent, and King.

    Erickson, Carolly. Our Tempestuous Day: A History of Regency England. New York: Morrow, 1986. (JLE 86-2146)
    A rich evocation of the powerful passions and personalities of the Regency period, dominated by the Prince Regent himself, but manifest in various artistic, literary, and political figures. Explains the racy nature of the times.

    Murray, Venetia. High Society: A Social History of the Regency Period, 1788-1830. London; New York: Viking, 1998. (JFE 99-2690)
    An informative study of the upper classes in Britain and their contributions to progress. Social customs and mores are exposed.

    Parissien, Steven. George IV: The Grand Entertainment. London: John Murray, 2001. (JFE 01-6106)
    Biographical study focuses on George’s accomplishments in both the arts and politics. Discusses his architectural patronage and the factors that led to the Regency Style being named after him.

    Priestley, J.B. The Prince of Pleasure and His Regency 1811-1820. London: Heinemann, 1969. (F-11 6272)
    Examines the events of the Regency years and how they affected George, and how he in turn influenced England.

    Smith, E.A. George IV. New Haven; London: Yale University Press, 1999. (JFE 00-11665)
    A serious political study of the monarch in the making and his reign.

    FRANCE – The Empire Style

    The Empire Style was born from the merger of art and personal aspiration. France’s Emperor wanted a new look: the resultant innovative designs were clean and severe and bear the stamp of Napoleon’s preference for masculine and military effects. The Emperor chose two ambitious visionaries, Charles Percier (1764-1838) and Pierre-Léonard Fontaine (1762-1853), to be his official architects and decorators. They published Recueil de décorations interieures in 1801 and again in 1812, making it the most influential pattern book of the Empire Style. Percier and Fontaine made important innovations within the Louvre and the Tuileries, and their decorative program was carried out in such royal residences as Malmaison and Fontainebleau.

    Furniture was generally rectangular and symmetrical, and bronze doré appliqué, burnished gold, and jewel-like inlay finishes became hallmarks of the new style. The Empire Style also popularized specific furniture forms: the table de toilette, consoles, tented beds, and camp stools. Ornament, drawn from antique sources, fit well with the concept of imperial dynasty and conquest, and details featuring eagles, bees, Napoleon’s initials, and laurel wreathes took pride of place on cabinetry and metalware. Artistic metalwork flourished in an outpouring of pendulum clocks, gold and silver table pieces, and decorative candelabra. Silk and velvet fabrics were draped, swagged, or suspended from ceilings to achieve an elegant yet martial effect.

    Influential Pattern Books

    The Empire Style

    Empire Decoration

    Influential Pattern Books

    Contet, F. Intérieurs Directoire et Empire. Paris: Editeur d’Art, 1932. (MLES++)
    Early twentieth century watercolor plates of original Empire Style interiors.

    Denon, Vivant. Voyages dans la basse et la haute Egypte, pendant les campagnes de Bonaparte. London: S. Bagster, 1809. (Stuart 7095-7096)
    Classic study of ancient Egyptian monuments and their decoration compiled during Napoleon’s campaign in Egypt (1797-8). Serves as source book for motifs that spurred the Egyptomania design craze.

    Percier, Charles. Recueil de décorations intérieures comprenant tout ce qui a rapport à ameublement comme vases trépieds, candélabras…. Paris: P. Didot l’Ainé, 1812. (MLO++)
    This pattern book was developed by Napoleon’s official architects. Percier and Fontaine favored symbolic and ornamental motifs that made their way into the working repertoire of the Empire Style. They also believed that furniture and interiors had a significant interrelationship.

    The Empire Style

    Decorative styles often cannot be firmly dated, because their inspiration may be felt earlier than and extend beyond the actual period of their flourishing. The Empire Style is most often given the dates of Napoleon’s reign, 1804-15, but its features developed in the earlier Directoire and Consulat periods (1795-1803), and Empire Style furnishings were still being produced in Europe, particularly in Sweden, into the 1830s. Napoleon’s domination of the world stage until 1815 provided the means for the Empire Style to spread throughout Europe and make its way to artistically Francophile England.

    The Age of Napoleon: Costume from Revolution to Empire, 1789-1815. Kateli le Bourbis, general editor. New York: Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1989. (3-MML+90-4501)
    This catalogue of a major exhibition demonstrates how clothing of the period influenced and affected contemporary furnishings and contributed to the development of the Empire Style.

    Aprà, Nietta. Empire Style 1804-1815. New York: World Pub., 1973.(MLES+ 73-1723)
    Well-illustrated, terse survey history of the style with emphasis on its chief characteristics and most notable pieces.

    Baudot, François. Empire Style. London: Thames & Hudson, 1999. (3-MLES 00-8123)
    A review of the style and its achievements in various media.

    Barrielle, Jean-François. Le Style Empire. Paris: Flammarion, 1982. (3-MLES 86-1065)
    Concise visual survey of the fine and decorative arts of the Directoire (1789-1799) and First Empire (1800-1815).

    Deschamps, Madeleine. Empire. New York: Abbeville, 2004. (JQF 04-796)
    This handsome plate book relates major social factors, including the personalities of Napoleon and Josephine themselves, directly to the works of the Empire Style. Also shows the extent of the style’s spread to other geographic regions.

    Gonzáles-Palacio, Alvar. The French Empire Style. Feltham: Hamlyn, 1970. (3-MLES 86-2087)
    Stylishly written evaluation of painting, sculpture, architecture, porcelain, textiles, wallpaper and tapestries, bronzes, silverware and objets d ’art.

    Empire Decoration

    Napoleon’s promotion of Classical-inspired decoration was intended as a powerful counterpoint to the stylistic excesses of the Baroque and Rococo—and the anciens régimes that supported such effects. Antique themes and motifs were used to promote France’s civic and martial ideals. Cabinetry and metalwork by Jacob-Desmalter, Biennais, Thomire, and Odiot were rendered in the bold new Empire Style. The interrelationship of architectural setting, furniture, and decoration assumed great importance in the eyes of Percier and Fontaine and other purveyors of the style.

    Bourgeois, Emile. Le style empire, ses origins et ses caractéres… Paris: H. Laurens, 1930. (3-MLES)
    Survey of Empire Style building and decoration in black and white photographs.

    Fontainebleau, les petits appartements de Napoléon et Joséphine. Versailles: Editions artistiques et scientifiques, A. Bourdier, 1912. (MLES+)
    The original furnishings and interiors of this royal residence are profiled, along with relevant design history.

    Grandjean, Serge. Empire Furniture, 1800 to 1825. New York: Taplinger Pub. Co., 1966. (MOF)
    Explains the various forms and types of furniture developed during this period, with emphasis on innovations.

    Groër, Léon de. Decorative Arts in Europe 1790-1850. New York: Rizzoli, 1986. (3-MLD+ 86-4891)
    A broad survey history discusses all decorative designs in this time frame within their Neoclassical context.

    Janneau, Guillaume. L’Empire. Paris: Vincent, Fréal et Cie., 1965. (MAMI)
    Concise study of the highlights of Empire Style decoration, with a close look at favored ornament and motifs.

    Lafond, Paul. L’art décorative et le mobilier sous la République et l’Empire. Paris: Société de propagation des livres d’art, 1906. (MLES+)
    Another source book that studies the genesis of Empire Style design.

    Lefuel, Hector. François Honoré Georges Jacob-Desmalter, ébeniste de Napoléon Ier et de Louis XVIII. Paris: A. Morancé, 1927. (3-MOF)
    A study of a leading artistic cabinetmaker and furniture designer.

    ENGLAND – The Regency Style

    Originally known as “English Empire,” this style was eventually named after the individual most responsible for its dissemination—England’s Prince Regent. The Regency Style owes a great deal to the Empire Style, but refinements were added to make it more suitable to English tastes. Both the Empire and Regency styles share an affinity for simple lines, bold contours, and sleek surfaces.

    The beginnings of the Regency Style, marked by delicate and restrained Classical Greek forms, may be seen in the later work of Thomas Sheraton and in Thomas Hope’s Household Furniture and Interior Decoration (1807).  Stylistic innovations include more intimate interiors, the introduction of en suite furniture, carefully placed ornament, the abundant use of fabrics such as silk damask and flowered chintz, evocative colors drawn from antique sources, and new, technologically improved materials.

    This period saw a continuous search for novelties in design. Chinoiserie and the “Hindu,” or Indian, styles became fashionable, along with nationalistically inspired Gothic or Tudor decorative elements. The Greek chair with sabre legs, elegant sideboards, revolving bookcases, and couches with claw feet were popular. The Regency Style is regularly revived in modern interior design and decoration for its period resonance.

    Influential Pattern Books

    Regency Style Architecture

    The Royal Pavilion at Brighton

    Regency Style Decoration

    Influential Pattern Books

    Hope, Thomas. Household furniture and interior decoration. London: T. Bensley, 1807. (MLO++)
    This publication introduced the term “interior decoration” for the first time in English language literature. Author’s drawings stimulated the taste for academically inspired ornament in Greek, Roman, and Egyptian modes

    Nicholson, Peter. The Practical cabinet-maker, upholsterer, and complete decorator. London: H. Fisher, Son & Co., 1826. (MOI)
    Illustrates a number of furniture pieces and furnishings directly derived from Empire Style designs, along with designs that reflect the growing pluralism inherent in the Regency Style.

    Sheraton, Thomas. The Cabinet maker and artist’s encyclopaedia. London, 1805-6. (8-MOF+)
    Designer’s late work shows the evolving Regency Style, and many popular decorative motifs of the period, from Trafalgar chairs with sabre legs to French-style beds.

    Smith, George. The Cabinet-maker and upholsterer’s guide… London: Jones, 1826. (MOI)
    Inspired by Hope, among others, this designer’s guide shows the range of popular Regency (and Empire) designs offered for contemporary furniture-makers and general consumers.

    Regency Style Architecture

    The architectural patronage of George IV is generally considered his greatest legacy. He employed such leading architects as John Nash, Sir Jeffry Wyatville, and Sir John Soane. The Prince of Wales’s first successful venture was the redecoration of his London palace, Carlton House, started in 1783 by architect Henry Holland. George sponsored significant renovations at Buckingham Palace (formerly Buckingham House) and Windsor Castle during his years as Prince Regent and King.

    Bingham, Neil. C.A. Busby: the Regency Architect of Brighton and Hove. London: RIBA Heinz Gallery, 1991. (3-MQZ (Busby) 93-8911)
    Busby’s career reveals the aesthetic and practical inclinations of a Regency era architect.

    Morley, John. Regency Design, 1790-1840: Gardens, Buildings, Interiors, Furniture. London: Zwemmer, 1993. (MLE 93-9590)
    Ranges over the built environment of the period, and explains innovations in interior decoration, spatial planning, and urban design.

    Pilcher, Donald. The Regency Style 1800 to 1830. London: B.T. Batsford, 1947. (MQWK)
    Examines the style in a broad architectural context, and contrasts new achievements with earlier Neoclassical building.

    Pyne, William Henry. The History of the Royal Residences of Windsor Castle, St. James’s Palace, Carlton House, and Frogmore. London: A. Dry, 1819. 3 vol. (MQWK+)
    Showcases the Regency Style interiors of these palaces, revealing the prevailing tastes of the Prince Regent and his period.

    Reilly, Paul. An Introduction to Regency Architecture. London: Art and Technics, 1948. (MQWK)
    Solid academic study of the Regency period’s use of the Neoclassical mode.

    Worsley, Giles. Architectural Drawings of the Regency Period, 1790-1837: from the drawings collection of the Royal Institute of British Architects. London: A. Deutsch, 1991. (3-MQG 92-2886)
    Practical visual study of building plans and design concepts.

    The Royal Pavilion at Brighton

    George’s Royal Pavilion at Brighton serves as the best-known monument to the Regency Style. This seaside palace underwent various transformations at the hands of four architects. Henry Holland oversaw the renovation of the original farmhouse, which was renamed the “Marine Pavilion” and a further enlargement in 1801-4. William Porden built the stables and Riding House, and John Nash supervised the rebuilding of the now Royal Pavilion from 1815 through 1823, guided by George’s stylistic flights of fancy. Two gifted interior decorators, Robert Jones and Frederick Crace, devised the exotically oriental interiors, acting on George’s enthusiasm for chinoiserie.

    Morley, John. The Making of the Royal Pavilion, Brighton: Designs and Drawings. Boston: Godine, 1984. (3-MAV+ 86-2162)
    The most extensive study of this building, including conservation history, with detailed information about its decorators and their various design schemes.

    Musgrave, Clifford. Royal Pavilion: A Study in the Romantic. Brighton: Bredon & Heginbothom, 1951. (MQWK)
    Classic architectural history of the palace and its place in English building construction.

    Roberts, Henry David. A History of the Royal Pavilion, with an account of its original furniture and decoration. London: Country Life, 1939. (MQWK)
    Explains the Pavilion’s layout in the context of how the palace was utilized.

    The Royal Pavilion, Brighton. Brighton: Royal Pavilion, Art Gallery and Museums, 1976.
    (MAVY+ (Brighton) 78-246)
    Well-illustrated survey history that also explains the palace’s relationship to Brighton itself.

    Regency Style Decoration

    While the actual years of the political Regency were 1811-20, various dates are given for the Regency Style. The most prevalent dates are 1783-1830, or 1800-1830. Some historians extend the Regency Style into a late phase, 1830-37, which spans the reign of George IV’s brother and successor, King William IV.

    Collard, Frances. Regency Furniture. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collectors’ Club, 1985. (3-MOF 86-1351)
    While intended as a collector’s guide, this work offers good illustrations and practical identification information.

    Jourdain, Margaret. Regency Furniture, 1795-1830. London: Country Life, 1965. (MOF+)
    Profiles the various types of furniture forms and explains their unique qualities.

    Musgrave, Clifford. Regency Furniture 1800-1830. London: Faber, 1970. (MOF)
    A classic study of fine furniture built in a period that saw the apogee of this style.

    Parissien, Steven. Regency Style. London: Phaidon, 1992. (3-MQWK+ 93-1979)
    An authoritative survey of what technical, practical, and aesthetic considerations went into the creation of the Regency Style, and the effects of this style ’s social impact.

    Wintersgill, Donald. English Antiques, 1700-1830. New York: Morrow, 1975. (MAVC 76-2176)
    Places Regency Style furnishings within the larger context of the Georgian era.

    Selected Internet Sites

    Most of the resources to be found on the Internet tend to be either encyclopedia definitions of the styles from online reference tools or commercial sites advertising products in the Empire and Regency styles. For some interesting visual resources with related links, see:

  • From the Daguerreotype to the Polaroid: An Introduction to Photographic Processes

    This research guide to the photographic process includes a glossery of terms, a timeline of photography, a bibliography and selected internet resources.

    Glossary of Terms
    Désiré Charnay, Grand Palais, Mitla albumen print, 1862
    NYPL Digital ID: 111395

    albumen print ۰ Photograph printed on paper coated with egg white that has been sensitized with silver salts. Albumen prints were often created from glass plate negatives and feature a high level of detail. The albumen print was the most common photographic printing process of the 19th century and was popular through the 1890s.

    calotype ۰  Process invented by William Henry Fox Talbot for creating paper negatives, the calotype is a direct ancestor of modern photography as the paper negative could be used to create multiple salted paper prints.

    chromogenic print ۰ Printed from a color negative, a color photograph that comprises three layers – each layer is sensitized to one of light’s primary colors: blue, green and red. Also referred to as “C-print” and the most common type of color photograph.

    Cibachrome print (silver dye bleach print) ۰ First introduced in 1963, this color print process typically uses a high-gloss paper and forms an image by selectively bleaching dyes that exist in the paper. Renowned as one of the most stable and long-lasting of all color prints.

    contact print ۰ An image made from direct contact with the negative. A contact print has the same dimensions as the negative. Most photographic images produced during the 19th century were contact prints.

    cyanotype ۰ Contact printing process invented in 1840 by Sir John Herschel. The image is created by ferrous cyanide, which imparts a blue tone to the paper. By the 1870s the process was used to create the architectural “blueprint” and is still used for that purpose today.

    Unidentified photographer
    Walt Whitman, ca. 1853 daguerreotype
    NYPL Digital Image ID: 427882

    daguerreotype ۰ One-of-a-kind image produced on a sheet of copper coated with a thin plating of silver. Developed by Louis Daguerre, the eponymous daguerreotype is characterized by its mirrored surface and the image’s high level of detail. First introduced in 1839 in France, the process quickly spread throughout Europe and to the United States where it was popular through the 1860s.

    developed out print ۰ An image made by briefly exposing a photographic negative to light. These images are made visible by using one of various chemical development processes. Initially developed during the 1850s, the developed out print didn’t gain in popularity until the late 19th century and was used throughout the 20th century before the advent of digital photography.

    Indonesia
    film negative contact print
    NYPL Digital ID: 1130288

    film negative ۰ A means of capturing an image with light-sensitive silver salts on a flexible plastic surface. Film has advantages over glass negatives in that it is lightweight, unbreakable and flexible. First introduced in the 1880s, film negatives became increasingly popular by the early 20th century and essentially replaced glass negatives by the 1920s.

    gelatin silver print (silver print)۰ Introduced in the 1870s, the gelatin silver print quickly became the most common photographic printing process. The photographic paper is coated with gelatin that contains light sensitive silver salts. The gelatin silver print still remains the standard for black and white photographic prints.

    glass plate negative ۰ Glass plates were used as negatives in two separate photographic processes during the 19th century: the wet plate and dry plate collodion processes. Glass plates had two advantages over paper negatives in that they yielded a high level of detail and withstood numerous printings. But glass plates were also fragile and often difficult to work with. Glass was used for negatives from the 1850s through the 1920s before being replaced by film.

    paper negative ۰ The paper negative is the earliest type of photographic negative. Generally made from fine cotton rag paper, the negative was created by sensitizing the paper with silver salts and then exposing the paper in a camera. The negative was then developed and fixed. Paper negatives often impart a slight texture to the images – given the nature of the paper. Popular in Britain and Europe during the 1840s and 1850s, but used less frequently in the U.S.

    Maxime DuCamp
    Temple Hypetre, Nubie, ca. 1850
    salted paper print
    NYPL Digital ID: 74737

    Polaroid (dye diffusion transfer print) ۰ Self-developing color photographic process invented by Edwin Land in 1947, the Polaroid revolutionized both home photography during the early 1960s and fine art photography after being adopted by artists as a unique means of artistic expression.

    salt print (salted paper print) ۰The earliest positive print, images were created via contact with a paper negative. The process was invented by William Henry Talbot in 1840 and involved sensitizing a sheet of paper in a solution of sodium chloride (i.e. salt) and then coating the paper with silver nitrate. The paper was then placed, sensitized side up, beneath a sheet of glass and then exposed to sunlight.

     

     

     

    Timeline of Photography: 1820s - Present

    1820s-1830s mid-1820s first experiments with early photographic techniques
    1839 daguerreotype process is made public in France
    1839 the first camera, the Giroux Daguerreotype, is made commercially available
    1840s 1840s widespread use of the daguerreotype in Europe and United States
    1840 paper negative invented by William Henry Fox Talbot
    1843 advent of the photographic enlarger
    1845 Matthew Brady opens portrait studio in New York City
    1849 advent of the twin-lens camera and the development of the stereoscopic image
    1849 first images of Egypt are published and give rise to travel photography
    1850s-
    1860s
    1851 introduction of the glass plate negative process
    1856 photojournalism is invented when images of the Crimean War are published
    1861 Matthew Brady and other photographers record Civil War
    W.H. Jackson
    Upper Falls, Yellowstone River, ca. 1870
    albumen print from glass negative
    NYPL Digital ID: 1211897
    1870s 1870s U.S. Congress sends photographers William H. Jackson and Timothy O’Sullivan out West to document the American landscape
    1880s 1880s improvements to glass plate negative process renders it easier and more convenient for photographers
    1880s general use of the gelatin silver print
    1887 introduction of cellulose photographic film negative
    1888 introduction of the Kodak box camera simplifies photography and casual “snapshot” photography is born
    1900s 1900 Kodak sells the $1.00 Brownie camera and makes photography widely available
    1902 Alfred Stieglitz publishes Camera Work which promotes photography as an art
    1920s 1920s advent of the carbro print - the first full-color photographic process
    1930s 1935 development of Kodachrome film – the first multi-layered color film
    1940s 1940s development of the color chromogenic print
    1947 Edwin Land creates the dye diffusion transfer print – commonly known as instant photography or the “Polaroid”
    1960s 1960s rise in popularity of the Polaroid camera
    1963 release of the Polaroid color camera
    1963 earliest pre-cursor to the digital camera is developed at Stanford University
    1970s 1978 Konica introduces the first “point-and-shoot” auto focus camera
    1980s 1984 Canon demonstrates the first digital electronic still camera
    1989 introduction of the single use or “disposable” camera 
    1990s 1990 first digital cameras are available on the retail market
    1992 Kodak introduces the first PhotoCD
    1994 sale of the first consumer-level digital camera able to work with a home computer

     

    For More Information: A Brief Bibliography

    Baldwin, Gordon. Looking at Photographs: A Guide to Technical Terms. Malibu: J. Paul Getty Museum, 1991.

    Coe, Brian. A Guide to Early Photographic Processes. London: Victoria and Albert Museum, 1983.

    Crawford, William. The Keepers of Light: A History and Working Guide to Early Photographic Processes. Dobbs Ferry, NY: Morgan and Morgan, 1979.

    Frizot, Michel. The New History of Photography. Paris: Könemann, 1994.

    Mora, Gilles. PhotoSpeak: A Guide to the Ideas, Movements and Techniques of Photography, 1839 to the Present. New York: Abbeville Press, 1998.

    Marien, Mary Warner. Photography: A Cultural History. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 2002.

    Reilly, James M. Care and Identification of 19th Century Photographic Prints. Rochester, NY: Eastman Kodak Company, 1986.

    Rosenblum, Naomi. A World History of Photography. New York: Abbeville Press, 1997.

     

    Selected Internet Resources

    New York Public Library Digital Gallery. Access over 500,000 digitized images from various NYPL collections: http://digitalgallery.nypl.org

    New York Public Library Photography Collection:
    http://www.nypl.org/research/chss/spe/art/photo/photo.html

  • Historic Pottery and Porcelain

    The Art and Architecture Collection, located in Room 300, possesses extensive holdings on aspects of historic pottery and porcelain created from antiquity to the early twentieth century. These take the form of antiquarian plate books, scholarly monographs, collector guides, exhibition catalogs, and articles in specialized periodicals on ceramics, crafts, and the decorative arts.

    The

    Art and Architecture Collection

    , located in Room 300, possesses extensive holdings on aspects of historic pottery and porcelain created from antiquity to the early twentieth century. These take the form of antiquarian plate books, scholarly monographs, collector guides, exhibition catalogs, and articles in specialized periodicals on ceramics, crafts, and the decorative arts.

    If you need further assistance, visit our reference desk, or e-mail us at artref@nypl.org

    Compiled by Paula A. Baxter, Agnes Buchberg, and Linda Wadas (Pratt/NYPL Institute on Art Collections, Summer 2002)

    Introduction to the Collections

    The Art and Architecture Collection, located in Room 300, possesses extensive holdings on aspects of historic pottery and porcelain created from antiquity to the early twentieth century. These take the form of antiquarian plate books, scholarly monographs, collector guides, exhibition catalogs, and articles in specialized periodicals on ceramics, crafts, and the decorative arts. Materials on historic pottery and porcelain can also be found in foreign languages relevant to the subject, in The Dorot Jewish Division (Room 84), The Asian and Middle Eastern Division (Room 219), and The Slavic and Baltic Division (Room 216). Texts on archeological excavation and the description of ancient pottery can also be found in The General Research Division (Room 315).

    Among the Art & Architecture Collection’s holdings are:

    • Key antiquarian texts on pottery and porcelain from antiquity to the 19th century
    • Plate books of historic pottery and porcelain in private collections
    • Permanent collection catalogs of museum holdings
    • Monographs on ceramics by region and/or country
    • Guides to specific ceramics manufacturers
    • Works on art pottery
    • Catalogs for important pottery and porcelain exhibitions

     Subject areas of particular strength include:

    • Ancient pottery from the Mediterranean
    • Near Eastern and Asian pottery
    • Pre-Columbian, Mesoamerican, and Native American pottery
    • British and Western European pottery and porcelain
    • American art pottery
    • Catalogues raisonnés of important manufacturers

    Using the Library’s Catalogs

    For general instructions on using the Library’s catalogs, please consult “How Do I Find A Find Book.” The following information is specific to the subject of historic pottery and porcelain.

    When researching an item in the catalogs, check under the subject entry most specific to your interest:

      • Pottery or porcelain by time period and/or geographic region
      • Pottery or porcelain by type of material
      • Pottery or porcelain by specific firm or manufacturer

    Subject headings in our online catalog, CATNYP, derive from Library of Congress Subject Headings, available at the reference desk in Room 300. The following categories of subject headings will provide a working guide to what kinds of headings should be used.

    Broad Terms: 

    Ceramics
    Decorative arts
    House furnishings
    Porcelain
    Pottery

    Porcelain can be subdivided geographically. Some narrower terms of use are:

    Blue and white ware
    Ceramic tableware
    China dolls
    Commemorative porcelain
    Haviland china
    Miniature porcelain
    Porcelain boxes
    Solitaires (Tableware)
    Souvenir china
    Tureens
    White porcelain

    Other categories of terms include:

    Porcelain—Dating
    Porcelain—Marks
    Porcelain, American
    Porcelain, Chinese—Ming-Qing dynasties, 1368-1912
    Porcelain, Chinese—Islamic influences

    Subject headings also exist for specific types of porcelain:

    Coalport porcelain
    Derby porcelain
    Dresden porcelain
    Hummel figurines
    Meissen porcelain
    Royal Winton porcelain 
    Sèvres porcelain
    Thuringian ware

    Pottery can also be subdivided geographically, and has numerous narrower terms:

    Art pottery
    Black pottery
    Cloisonné
    Faience
    Jasperware
    Luster-ware
    Majolica
    Plates (Tableware)
    Portraits on Pottery
    Pottery figures
    Redware
    Slipware
    Stoneware
    Terra-cotta
    Urns
    Willowware

    Here are some additional subdivided types of headings:

    Pottery—19th century
    Pottery—Collectors and collecting
    Pottery—History
    Pottery—Marks
    Pottery—Private collections
    Pottery—California

    However, there are also inverted headings for pottery by time period and country as well:

    Pottery, African
    Pottery, American

    • Acoma pottery
    • Bennington pottery
    • Fiesta ware
    • Rookwood pottery
    • And others

    Pottery, American—Japanese influences
    Pottery, Ancient
    Pottery, English

    • Chelsea pottery
    • Chintzware
    • Pratt ware
    • Staffordshire pottery
    • Wedgwood ware
    • And others

    Pottery, Hungarian
    Pottery, Yoruba

    Pottery categories can have headings:

    Pottery animals
    Pottery as an investment
    Pottery craft
    Pottery in art
    Pottery industry

    Searching by subject will usually generate the most accurate and beneficial results. However, if you are not certain of the correct subject heading to use, you may have better luck with a keyword search in CATNYP, particularly if you are looking for a specific manufacturer or known, named collection of historic pottery or porcelain.

    Background Research: Basic Reference Sources

    Encyclopedias
    Dictionaries and Handbooks
    Bibliographies and Research Guides

    Encyclopedias

    Cameron, Elisabeth. Encyclopedia of Pottery and Porcelain, 1800-1960. New York: Facts on File, 1986.(Open MPC 86-8645) 
    Includes porcelain manufacturers, marks, patterns and artists as well as materials and techniques from the time period. 

    Godden, Geoffrey A. Encyclopedia of British Pottery and Porcelain Marks. London: Jenkins, [1964]. (Front MPGO)
    Thorough survey of manufacturers’ history, marks and illustrates their characteristic productions. Geographical guide to major pottery centers, covering the period from 1650 to 1964. Extensive bibliography.

    Godden, Geoffrey A. Encyclopedia of British Porcelain Manufacturers. London: Barrie & Jenkins, 1988. (Front MPGO 89-24665)
    An expanded version of the previous reference work, pottery marks are updated and corrected, and explanations given for how to trace undated manufacturers’ pieces.

    Haggar, Reginald George. The Concise Encyclopedia of Continental Pottery and Porcelain. London: Andre Deutsch, 1960. (Front MPG)
    A reference work produced for connoisseurs and collectors, the text lists European ceramic manufacturers, their characteristic products, marks, dates, technical processes, and artists.

    Kowalsky, Arnold A. Encyclopedia of Marks on American, English and European Earthenware, Ironstone, Stoneware, 1780-1980: Makers, Marks and Patterns in Blue and White, Historic Blue, Flow Blue, Mulberry, Romantic Transferware, Tea Leaf, and White Ironstone. Atglen, PA: Schiffer Publ., 1999. (Front MPK 00-5595)
    A representative example of the recent collector guides that offers great detail on a variety of popular ceramics and their maker marks.

    Sotheby’s Concise Encyclopedia of Porcelain. London: Conrad Octopus, 1990. (Open MPC 91-3277)
    A quick ready-reference guide to the major ceramic forms and makers. Well illustrated.  

    Dictionaries and Handbooks

    Boger, Louise Ade. The Dictionary of World Pottery and Porcelain. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1971. (Front MPC)
    Dictionary references to terms, people, processes, manufacturing firms, and styles relevant to pottery and porcelain from antiquity to the mid20th century. Illustrates selected maker and manufacturer marks.

    Danckert, Ludwig. Handbuch des Europäischen Porzellans. Munich: Prestel-Verlag, 1992. (Front MPK 93-5327)
    Well-organized guide to porcelain produced in continental Europe, arranged in survey fashion.

    Godden, Geoffrey A. Godden’s Guide to European Porcelain. London: Barrie & Jenkins, 1993. (Front MPG+ 94-1061)
    Survey history by theme provides good coverage of the international aspect, issues of fakes and reproductions; and reviews various geographical makers and styles.

    Handbook of Pottery and Porcelain Marks. Compiled by J.P. Cushion. London: Faber and Faber, 1996. (Front MPK 98-7533)
    Provides maker and manufacturer marks arranged by country.

    Haslam, Malcolm. Marks and Monograms of the Modern Movement 1875-1930. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1977. (Front MAO 78-197)
    Guide to artist, designer, retailer, and manufacturer marks from the Aesthetic Movement to Art Deco and Style Moderne; section on American and European ceramics.

    Wang, Qingzheng. A Dictionary of Chinese Ceramics. Singapore: Sun Tree Publ. Ltd, 2002. (Front *R-Art MPFF+ 92-4717)
    English and Chinese text covering shapes and forms; materials and manufacturers; motifs; marks and inscriptions; famous potters. Excellent color illustrations, with specific details on production during Neolithic and dynastic periods. Good bibliography.

    Bibliographies and Research Guides

    Campbell, James Edward. Pottery and Ceramics: A Guide to Information Sources. Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1978. (MPB 79-621)
    A helpful bibliography to older books on the subject.

    New York Public Library. List of Works in the New York Public Library Relating to Ceramics and Glass. [New York; s.n., 1908] (3-MAR p.v. 84, no. 2 located in Microforms Division, Room 100)
    Provides a useful list to the Art & Architecture Collection’s antiquarian titles.

    Strong, Susan R. History of American Ceramics: An Annotated Bibliography. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1983. (MPB 84-3069)
    While somewhat dated, still provides an excellent guide to major titles on the subject.

    Reference Resources by Topic:

    Ancient

    Birch, Samuel. History of Ancient Pottery: Egyptian, Assyrian, Greek, Etruscan, and Roman. London: John Murray, 1873. (3-MPE)
    Volume I treats Egyptian, Assyrian, and Greek art with emphasis on the types of materials and their forms. Glazes and other processes are distinguished by region. Greek vases and their styles and relationship to metal vases are covered. Volume 2 covers the evolution of Etruscan and later Roman materials and geographical styles.  

    Cook, Robert Manuel. Greek Painted Pottery. London: Methuen, 1972. (MPEK 74-47)
    A classic study of the ceramics and their specific styles, from Protogeometric to Hellenistic. Sections on shapes, techniques, and chronology.

    Corpus Vasorum Antiquorum Series.  (MPEK+)
    NYPL has many titles in this extensive scholarly sequence.

    Greene, Kevin. Roman Pottery. London: British Museum Press, 1992. (3-MPEK 93-3139)
    A survey of Roman ceramic production, this work emphasizes excavation reports, laboratory analysis, production and economic studies.

    Jones, R.E. Greek and Cypriot Pottery: A Review of Scientific Studies. [Athens]: British School at Athens, 1986. (3-MPEK)
    A large, extensive publication that focuses on the methodology of provenance work, data analysis, regional survey of pottery sites and characterization data. Covers pottery of the Neolithic, Early, Middle, and Late Bronze Age, Cypriot, and Greek pottery of the Historic Period.

    Robertson, Martin. The Art of Vase-Painting in Classical Athens. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992. (3-MPEK 92-19139)
    Summarizes the results of scholarly studies begun by Beazley and others on Attic Red and Black-figure vase painting. Provides information on known painters.

    Sparkes, Brian A. Greek Pottery: An Introduction. Manchester: Manchester University Press; dist. By St. Martin’s Press, 1991. (MPEK 92-3156)
    A historical survey of archaeological investigation: making, dating, shapes, decoration, and distribution of vessels.  

    Vickers, Michael J. Ancient Greek Pottery. Oxford: Ashmolean Museum, 1999. (3-MPEK 99-11590)
    A quick ready-reference guide with examples drawn from the Ashmolean’s famous collection. Excellent color illustrations provide a concise stylistic survey of representative works, their styles, and artists.

    Americas

    American Studio Ceramics 1920-1950. Minneapolis: Minneapolis Museum of Art, 1988 (3-MPH 89-6385)
    A representative exhibition catalog that uses a museum’s collection to describe  innovations in pottery-making during three critical decades.  

    Barber, Edwin Atlee. The Maiolica of Mexico. Philadelphia: Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, 1908. (MPH)
    A classic study of the majolica trade to Mexico from Europe, and its influence on national ceramic production  

    Brancante, Eldino da Fonseca. O Brasil e a Louça da India. Sao Paolo: s.n., 1950. (3-MPFF)
    Covers the active period of trade between colonial Latin America and other regions, including Europe, Asia and India. Porcelain wares are chiefly featured.  

    Clark, Garth. American Ceramics: 1876 to the Present. New York: Abbeville Press, 1987. (Open MPH+ 88-4383)
    A decade-by-decade visual history survey of ceramic-making. Chronicles important changes and significant information is gathered in the back: chronology of events; selected important exhibitions; biographies; and a useful bibliography.

    Clark, Garth. American Potters: The Work of Twenty Modern Masters. New York: Watson Guptill, 1981.  (3-MPH 82-612)
    Features major figures who discuss their debt to historical examples and practices.  

    Derwich, Jenny B. and Mary Latos. Dictionary Guide to United States Pottery and Porcelain: 19th and 20th Century. Franklin, MI: Jenstan Research in United States Pottery and Porcelain, 1984. (MPH 85-8)
    Alphabetically arranged biographical sketches and histories of potteries and makers.  

    Donhauser, Paul S. History of American Ceramics: The Studio Potter. Dubuque, IA: Kindall/Hunt Pub. Co., 1978. (3-MPH 82-1971)
    Focuses on innovations and changes in production from the turn of the twentieth century to the 1970s. Relates contemporary art practices to studio artistry.  

    DeBolt, C. Gerald. The Dictionary of American Marks: Whiteware and Porcelain. Rutland, VT: Charles E. Tuttle Co., 1988. (Open MPH 90-9337)
    Proposes to teach readers what genuine early American whiteware is, including maker marks, also British marks and fake marks. Appendices for miscellaneous marks and coat of arms marks.  

    Duarte, Carlos F. and Maria L. Fernandez. La Ceramica Durante la Epoca Colonial Venezolana. Caracas: E. Armitano Editor, 1980. (3-MPH 85-855)
    A well illustrated survey of Spanish imports and subsequent local production.

    Espejel, Carlos. Mexican Folk Ceramics. Barcelona: Editorial Blume, 1975. (MPH 78-928)
    A survey of folk wares by region. Useful bibliography.  

    Evans, Paul. Art Pottery of the United States: An Encyclopedia of Producers and Their Marks. New York: Scribner, 1974. (MPH 75-622)
    A concise reference guide.  

    Guilland, Harold F. Early American Folk Pottery. Philadelphia: Chilton Book Co., 1971. (MPH 71-348)
    Uses works cataloged in the WPA project, the Index of American Design, to describe colonial era earthenware and stoneware.  

    Henzke, Lucile. American Art Pottery. Camden: T. Nelson, 1970. (MPH)
    Major potteries and their artists are highlighted by detailed illustrations.  

    Karshan, Donald H. The Splendor of American Ceramic Art, 1882-1952. Daytona Beach, FL: Museum of Arts and Sciences, 1991. (3-MPH 92-19831)
    Works from this museum’s permanent collection profile 13 major potteries, many from the Ohio Valley.  

    Levin, Elaine. The History of American Ceramics, 1607 to the Present: From Pipkins and Bean Pots to Contemporary Forms. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1988. (Open MPH+ 88-4842)
    Large, well illustrated survey provides a chronological history of pottery development in the United States. Treats folk, industrial, and art pottery. Detailed investigation of modern art movements’ impact on ceramic development, particularly Art Deco, Abstract Expressionism and Post-Modernism. Excellent bibliography.

    Litto, Gertrude. South American Folk Pottery. New York: Watson Guptill, 1976. (3-MPH 76-2482)
    Survey by regions within the countries of Peru, Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador, Colombia, and Venezuela. Further reading on this topic and studio pottery from Latin America is better located in the periodical literature and catalogs to individual artists.  

    López Cervantes, Gonzalo. Cerámica Mexicana. Mexico City: Editorial Everest Mexicana, 1983. (3-MPH 84-3763)
    A broad survey of the different kinds of ceramics to be found in this country. Emphasis on folk and regional wares.

    Asian

    Gorham Hazel H. Japanese and Oriental Pottery. Yokohama: Yamagata, 1952. (MPFK)
    Classic history of  the development of Japanese wares, their city centers of production, designs, symbols, and inscriptions.  

    Hobson, R.L. Catalogue of the Leonard Gow Collection of Chinese Porcelain. London: s.n., 1931. (MPFF+)
    Important early illustrated catalogue for an important collection of representative works from key periods and notable makers.
     
    Hobson, R.L. The Wares of the Ming Dynasty. London: Benn Brothers, 1923. (MPFF)
    Expert detailed investigation of Ming Dynasty pottery (1368-1644).  Covers techniques, production centers, noted potters, and stylistic transitions.  

    Honey, W.B. The Ceramic Art of China, and Other Countries of the Far East. London: Faber and Faber; Hyperion Press, [1945]. (MPF)
    Scholarly study, frequently invoked in other surveys, studies Chinese pottery by periods and related wares from Indo-China, Korea, and Japan.  

    Kim, Chewon. The Ceramic Art of Korea. London: Faber and Faber, 1961. (MPF+)
    Visual survey of wares from the National Museum of Korea, arranged by historical dynasties.

    Kokuritsu Kindai Bijutsukan (Japan). Japanese Painted Porcelain: Modern Masterpieces in Overglaze Enamel. Edited by National Museum of Modern Art, Tokyo. New York: Weatherhill; Kyoto: Tankosha, 1980. (MPFK+ 81-839)
    Well illustrated survey of master potters from the late 19th century into the 20th century.  

    Medley, Margaret. The Chinese Potter: A Practical History of Chinese Ceramics. Oxford: Phaidon, 1989. (3-MPFF 90-694)
    Textbook style review of Chinese wares by dynasty. Chronological by styles, technological development and stylistic variations. Treats patronage, markets, popular taste, and technical virtuosity.  

    Mikami, Tsugio. The Art of Japanese Ceramics. New York: Weatherhill, [1972]. (MPFK 72-1334)
    This survey of Japanese pottery and porcelain employs an art historical approach: it traces changes in style and process evolve through time periods, and reevaluates specific local stylized wares.  

    Mudge, Jean McClure. Chinese Export Porcelain in North America. New York: Clarkson N. Potter, 1986. (Open 3-MPFF 87-2796) 
    This work explains the nature and variety of Chinese porcelain made for trade with North America and those imported from Europe. Section on museums and collections in the west.  

    Neave-Hill, W.B.R. Chinese Ceramics. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1976. (MPFF+ 76-2268)
    Well documented survey of representative works from Neolithic to Ch’ing Dynasty. Looks at provincial kilns, Ko-sometsuke and Shonsui , and export wares. Appendices possess useful glossary and guide to reign-names, hallmarks, and emblems.

    Sanders, Herbert H. The World of Japanese Ceramics. Tokyo; Palo Alto: Kodansha International, [1967]. (MPFK)
    Illuminating coverage of potters, tools and materials, forming and decorating processes, glazes, and technical evaluation.  

    Wilson, Elizabeth. A Guide to Oriental Ceramics. Rutland, VT: Charles E. Tuttle Co., 1991. (MPF 93-3797)
    Ready-reference guide allows quick checking of styles, periods, glossary to terms, types of glazes and processes, and concludes with a section on determining authenticity.

    Islamic/Near Eastern

    Atasov, Nurhan. Iznik: The Pottery of Ottoman Turkey. London: Alexandria Press in association with Lawrence King, 1994. (MPF+ 95-9724)
    This work covers the historical, stylistic, and technical development of Iznik potteries from 1480 to 1650.  

    Butler, Alfred Joshua. Islamic Pottery: A Study Mainly Historical. London: E. Benn Ltd., 1926. (MPF+)
    A chronological examination of ceramics from the Egyptian, Caliphate, Muslim, Persian and Mesopotamian empires. Possesses excellent illustrations and bibliography.  

    Fehervari, Geza. Ceramics of the Islamic World: In the Tareq Rajab Museum. London; New York: I.B. Taurus, 2000. (3-MPF+ 00-10092)
    Scholarly analysis of fourteen hundred years of Islamic pottery found in the significant holdings of this museum in Kuwait.

    Grube, Ernst J. Cobalt and Lustre: The First Centuries of Islamic Pottery. London: Nour Foundation in association with Azimuth Editions and Oxford University Press, 1994. (3-MPF+ 95-9471)
    Explains the technical innovations that produced the first centuries of Islamic pottery.  

    Lane, Arthur. Later Islamic Pottery: Persia, Syria, Egypt, Turkey. London: Faber and Faber, Ltd., 1971. (MPF 73-451)
    Historical survey of pottery-making from the thirteenth to eighteenth centuries. Quotations from writers of later periods are included that illuminate more about production from those times.

    United Kingdom

    Atterbury, Paul and Maureen Batkin. The Dictionary of Minton. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collector’s Club, 1990. (Open 3-MPGO 90-10594)
    Alphabetical guide to terms relating to Minton wares. Biographies of Minton artists, designers, and decorators. Covers special issues relating to marks, dating, and factory history.  

    Clark, Garth. The Potter’s Art: A Complete History of Pottery in Britain. London: Phaidon Press, 1995. (3-MPGO 96-1036)
    A history from the viewpoint of the artisan; sections treat works by: peasant, industrial, artist-potter, and studio potter.  

    Cox, Alwyn and Angela. Rockingham 1745-1842. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collectors’ Club, 2001. (Open JQF 02-842)
    Detailed survey history and appraisal guide to the Rockingham Works (formerly Swinton Pottery).

    English Art Pottery, 1865 – 1915. Compiled by Malcolm Haslam. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collector’s Club, 1975. (MPGO 76-2929)
    An authoritative visual overview of artistic pottery-making, with focus on major manufacturers, and painted pottery of the Pre-Raphaelite and Aesthetic Movements. Covers key artists, exhibitions, specialty wares, and shows the transition from art to studio pottery.  

    Eyles, Desmond. Royal Doulton, 1815 – 1965; The Rise and Expansion of the Royal Doulton Potteries. London: Hutchinson, 1965. (MPGO) A classic manufacturer history; examines origins of the pattern, Doulton wares, the Burslem Pottery, early to mid twentieth century experiments, including art-wares and tablewares from 1900 – 1965. The appendices provide designer and artist monograms, trade-marks, back stamping, and other guides to dating.  

    Hughes, Bernard. English and Scottish Earthenware, 1660 – 1860. London: Lutterworth Press, 1960. (MPGO)
    An extensive guide to the various types of earthernware products: describes enamels and glazed stoneware, colors, jasper, stone china, lustres, and English majolica.

    Hughes, Bernard and Therle Hughes. English Porcelain and Bone China 1743 – 1850. London: Lutterworth Press, 1955. (MPGO)
    A broad historical survey of all types of porcelain by location. These goods are discussed within an interesting social context, with emphasis on domestic production, distribution and market appeal.   

    Lewis, Griselda. A Collector’s History of English Pottery. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collector’s Club, 1987. (3-MPGO 88-1235)
    General survey history of all types of pottery  from the Elizabethan era to 1985. Evaluates types of materials: stoneware, earthenware, stone china, and decorated pottery. Emphasis placed on major collectible lines, e.g. Wedgwood, Spode, Pratt. Makes useful distinctions between art and factory pottery. 

    Messenger, Michael. Coalport 1785 – 1926: An Introduction to the History and Porcelains of John Rose and Company. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collector’s Club, 1995. (MPGO 96-11464)
    Chronological evaluation of Coalport decoration, exhibition, marketplace issues, and specific wares. Biographical data in the appendices.  

    Oliver, Anthony. Staffordshire Pottery: The Tribal Art of England. London: Heinemann, 1981. (MPGO 83-1109)
    A social history of the manufacturer and its products. Strong sections on the origins of Staffordshire, Obadiah Sherratt, the Master of Burslem Pottery, and specific types of wares: animals, cottages, castles, pastille burners, and related figurines. Important artists are evaluated.   

    Reilly, Robin. Wedgwood. London: Macmillan; New York: Stockton Press, 1989. 2 vol. (MPGO 90-10408)
    The catalogue raisonné for this major manufacturer; provides authoritative illustrations and provenances for all lines.

    Wakefield, Hugh. Victorian Pottery. London: Herbert Jenkins, 1962. (MPGO)
    This work is the forerunner of many publications on a fruitful period for English pottery-making. Treats printed pottery, decorative jugs, figurines, painted pottery, and such major producers as Palissy, Doulton, Martin Brothers, and William De Morgan.   

    Whiter, Leonard. Spode: A History of the Family, Factory and Wares from 1733 to 1833. London: Barrie & Jenkins, 1970 (1989). (Open 3-MPGO 90-12326)
    Manufacturer history in detail.

    Western European

    Albia, Jean d’. La Porcelain de Limoges. Paris: Sous le Vent, c1980. (3-MPGG+ 85-1802)
    A thorough history of Limoges porcelain workshops and manufacturers from the eighteenth through twentieth centuries. Emphasis on stylistic and technical evolution.  

    Ducret, Siegfried. German Porcelain and Faience. New York: Universe Books, 1962. (MPGK+)
    A short history of German, Austrian, and Swiss ceramic producers and significant makers’ marks.  

    Fay-Halle, Antoinette. Porcelain of the Nineteenth Century. New York: Rizzoli, 1983. (MPG+ 84-718)
    A general survey of porcelain production throughout Europe during that century. Emphasis on artistic styles, marks, and factories.  

    Hildyeard, R.J.C. European Ceramics. London: V & A Publications, 1999. (3-MPG 99-7517)
    Highly illustrated survey of Western European pottery from the 1500s through the twentieth century.

    Honey, W.B. European Ceramic Art, From the End of the Middle Ages to About 1815. London: Faber and Faber, 1963. (MPG)
    This work provides a cogent history of stylistic and technical developments in ceramic production, and describes the rise of the major manufacturers.

    Jonge, Caroline Henriette de. Delft Ceramics. New York: Praeger, c1970. (MPGH)
    Covers the history of Dutch faiences from Delft and their evolution.  

    Lemaire, Jean. La Porcelaine de Tournai: Histoire d’une Manufacture, 1750 – 1891. Tournai: Renaissance du Livre, 1999. (3-MPGG 00-9784)
    A history of the Tournai Porcelain Manufactory in Belgium that focuses on both technical and aesthetic development. Lists museums and public institutions that own Tournai porcelain.

    Liverani, Giuseppe. Five Centuries of Italian Majolica. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960. (3-MPGD+)
    Traces the production history of this specialized ceramic from its origins to the seventeenth century. Lists important artists, workshops, and potteries.  

    Meister, Peter Wilhelm. European Porcelain of the 18th Century. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1983. (3-MPG+ 84-1413) This book covers all the ceramic production centers active during the eighteenth century. Biographical sketches of artists and artisans. Significant iconographic imagery, collectors, and patrons are also treated.  

    Morley-Fletcher, Hugo. Antique Porcelain in Color: Meissen. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1971. (MPGK+ 75-443)
    A general, well illustrated guide to the history of this manufacturer.  

    Pelichet, Edgar. Merveilleuse Porcelaine de Nyon. Paris: La Bibliotheque des Arts, 1973. (MPGG+ 74-1144)
    A detailed history of this important manufacturer from Switzerland. Technical production is emphasized. Includes such authentication information as marks, and tips on how to detect forgeries.  

    Pinot de Villechenon, Marie Noelle. Sevres: Porcelain from the Sevres Museum, 1740 to the Present Day. London: Lund Humphries; dist. by Antique Collector’s Club, 1997. (3-MPGG 97-4934)
    Traces the history of the stylistic development of Sevres from its founding until 1992. Also lists the manufacturer’s directors and curators.

    Plinval de Guillebon, Regine de. Faience et Porcelaine de Paris: VXIII-XIX Siecles. Dijon: Editions Faton, 1995. (3-MPGG+ 95-8765)
    Covers the major manufacturers and workshops that made this city famous for ceramic production in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Provides map locations for manufacturers.

    Rontgen, Robert E. The Book of Meissen. Exton, PA: Schiffer Pub., 1984. (3-MPGK) 
    This manufacturer history is intended to aid identification of genuine and forged pieces. Useful description of the company’s other products: sculptural art, ceramic medals, coins, lithophanes, and tiles. 

    Ware, George W. German and Austrian Porcelain. Frankfurt am Main: L. Woeller Press, 1952. (MPGK)
    Written for both collectors and scholars, this work includes a general history of German and Austrian porcelain production and their marks. One chapter is devoted to issues relating to practical collecting and restoration.  

    Winstone, H.V.F. Royal Copenhagen. London: Stacey International, 1984. (MPG 88-3062) 
    An excellent history of the manufacturer, with detailed emphasis on stylistic development from 1775 to the 1980s. Contains an authoritative guide to factory marks, artists and their signatures.

    Eastern European

    Hungarian Ceramics from the Zsolnay Manufactory 1853-2001. New Haven, CT; London: Yale University Press, 2002. (Open JQF 02-2817)
    Survey of one of Hungary’s most important manufacturers. Surveys major productions, including architectural ceramics. Biographical section on the Zsolnay family members whom participated in the factory’s stylistic, technical, and business development.  

    Poche, Emanuel. Bohemian Porcelain. Prague: Artia, 1957. (MPG+)
    A history of Czech pottery from its early period when it was known as Bohemia, from the late eighteenth century to the end of the nineteenth century. Includes a glossary of ceramic marks.

    Post, Marjorie Merriweather. Russian Porcelain. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1968. (MPG)
    A terse history of Russian porcelain manufacturers from the mid-eighteenth century to early twentieth century.

    Poteries Roumaines: Art et Tradition: Guide de la ceramique de Roumanie, vingt-six centres potiers actifs. Paris: Somogy; Federation des Ecomusees et Musees de Societe, 1999. (3-MPG+ 00-7783)
    A regional survey of modern Romanian pottery-making, this work also treats the use of folklore in imagery. A history of Romanian ceramics from the Neolithic Age to the present is provided. A directory of Romanian museums with pottery holdings appears in the back of the book.

    Russian Porcelain in the Hermitage Collection.  Leningrad: Aurora, 1973. (MPG 76-2819)
    Bi-lingual in Russian and English, this work is a catalog to the Hermitage’s permanent collection of national porcelain.  

    Sikota, Gyozo. Herend: The Art of Hungarian Porcelain. New York: Puski-Corvin; Budapest: Corvina, 1985. (3-MPG 88-4641)
    This book presents the history of the Herend Porcelain Manufactory from its foundation in 1839 to the late twentieth century. The company’s marks are also included.

    Collector Guides

    This type of publication has developed considerably since the 1970s. These guides reflect  expanded consumer interest in determining authenticity and value for specific ceramics. Price guides do become easily dated; however, they afford helpful visual and textual criteria for collecting various types of pottery and porcelain. The following titles are representative of the growing literature in this area:

    Barber, Edwin Atlee. Anglo-American Pottery: Old English China with American Views; A Manual for Collectors. Philadelphia: Pattern & White Company, 1901. (MPGO)
    This is an important early publication intended for collectors. It demonstrates the necessary descriptive information for a specialized line of pottery.  

    Battie, David. David Battie’s Guide to Understanding 19th and 20th Century British Porcelain; Including Fakes, Techniques, and Prices. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collector’s Club, 1994. (Open 3-MPGO 95-5905)
    Exemplifies recent collector guides in its fine photos and details of particular note for collectors. Examines wares by type, e.g. bowls, plaques, vases, etc.

    Beurdeley, Cécile. A Connoisseur’s Guide to Chinese Ceramics. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. (MPFF+ 75-1634)
    A classical study of all the important elements that new collectors should know. Distinguishes between various ceramic forms, explains pottery marks, and introduces collectors to key periods, production changes, and geographic factors.

    Copeland, Robert. Spode’s Willow Pattern and Other Designs after the Chinese. London: Studio Vista, 1999. (3-MPGO 00-2684)
    Detailed analysis of the company’s Willow and related patterns, e.g. Mandarin, Rock, Buffalo, Long Bridge, and other Chinese idiom designs.  

    Hayes, Allan and John Blom. Southwestern Pottery: Anazasi to Zuni. Flagstaff, AZ: Northland Publ., 1996. (HBC 99-7106)
    Native American pottery from the tribes of the southwestern United States has become a vastly popular collectible. This reference guide introduces all the various forms of pottery available and relates them to earlier pottery forms and other ceramic antiquities.  

    Klein, Adalbert. A; Connoisseur’s Guide to Japanese Ceramics. London: Alpine Fine Arts, 1984. (Open 3-MPFK+ 90-11010)
    Huge visual survey of pottery and porcelain by period with emphasis on works made since the eighteenth century.

    May, John. Commemorative Pottery, 1780-1900: A Guide for Collectors. New York: Scribner, 1972. (MPGO 74-741)
    Describes one of the most collectible forms of pottery – specialty ceramics designed to memorialize historic and other special events in Britain, e.g. royal weddings, coronations, peace treaties, etc.  

    Munsterberg, Hugo. The Ceramic Art of Japan; A Handbook for Collectors. Rutland, VT: C.E. Tuttle Co., 1964. (MPFK)
    Landmark publication that established the various scholarly criteria for study and authentication of this pottery form.

    Locating Journal Articles

    Periodical Indexes  

    Please note that electronic resources are only accessible from within the Library. The Art & Architecture Collection in Room 300 has both print and online versions of the following. However, these databases can be found throughout the Humanities and Social Science building on dedicated computers that carry our Selected Electronics Resources:

    Art Index and Art Index Retrospective
    Indexes articles in periodicals, yearbooks, and museum publications, 1929-present.

    ArtBibliographies Modern
    Covers twentieth century art, design, and photography, citing periodicals, monographs, dissertations, and exhibition catalogs.

    Bibliography of the History of Art (BHA)
    Covers scholarly articles in periodicals, anthologies, and dissertations on European and American art from antiquity to the present.

    Design and Applied Arts Index
    International index to design and craft journals published between 1973-2001. Contains information on nearly 50,000 designers, crafts people, studios, workshops, and firms. Between 10,000-15,000 references are added annually.
     

    Major Periodicals

    American Craft. (New York, American Craft Council), 1979-1984 [*ZAN-M128] and 1984 - . [MNA 87-6453]

    Art and Antiques. (New York, Art & Antiques Associates), 1984 - . [MAA+ 85-1703]

    Ceramic Review. (London, Craftsmen Potters Association of Great Britain),  [JFM 98-305]

    Ceramics in America. (Milwaukee, WI, Chipstone Foundation), 2001 - . [JQM 02-33]

    Ceramics Monthly. (Columbus, OH, Professional Publications), 1953 - .  1953-1983 [*ZAN-M104], 1984 - . [3-MPA+ 86-3353]

    Crafts. (London, Crafts Council),  [MNA+ 93-2041]

    Journal of Ceramic History. (Stafford, UK, George Street Press), 1968 - . [MPA+ 74-20]

    Keramos; Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft der Keramikfreunde.  [MPA+]

    Studio Potter. (Goffstown, NH, Daniel Clark Foundation), 1972 - . [3-MPA 87-545]

    Tableware International America. (Redhill, UK, DMG Home Interest Magazines), 2000 - . [JSM 00-222]

    Selected Internet Sites

    Internet resources on decorative arts are variable. Many sites are commercial in nature, although a few do provide educational links to reference information. Several museums and cultural institutions offer useful sites that permit viewing of their ceramics collections. Major manufacturers of pottery and porcelain lines often offer websites for both reference and sales purposes.

    Resources at Other Institutions

    Important information on institutions with significant pottery and porcelain collections can be found in the Selected Internet Sites section. The New York metro area possesses a number of museums with historic ceramics holdings, including: American Craft Museum; Cooper-Hewitt Museum/Smithsonian National Museum of Design; Metropolitan Museum of Art; Museum of the City of New York; National Museum of the American Indian/Gustav Heye Center; New York Historical Society. 

    Where to Go for More Help

    This resource guide is a small sample of what The New York Public Library can offer you in your research. For further assistance, the librarians of The New York Public Library are here to help you.

    Art & Architecture Division, Humanities and Social Sciences Library
    Located in Room 300, the Reference Desk is staffed during all hours the library is open. We can assist you in getting started with your research, or help you with any stumbling blocks you have encountered.

    • Tuesday, Wednesday - 11am-7:30pm; Thursday, Friday, and Saturday - 10am-6pm
    • E-mail Reference Service is also available

    Ask Librarians Online
    Ask questions online and receive answers via e-mail or chat.

  • Jewelry

    The following bibliography is a guide to some of the more significant titles in our collection. It serves as an introduction to the best information on the topic, and as a starting point for searching the Library's catalog for additional materials. The Library's holdings include dictionaries & encyclopedias, historical surveys, exhibition catalogs, handbooks and manuals. Relevant trade periodicals, directories, and scholarly journals.

    Miriam & Ira D. Wallach Division of Art, Prints and Photographs
    Art & Architecture Collection

    Jewelry: A Research Guide

    Photo 164  in MNR++ (Union of
    Soviet Socialist Republics.
    Komissariat finansov. Russia's
    treasure of diamonds and
    Precious stones.)
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    The Art & Architecture Collection has a number of outstanding publications on jewelry history and technique. The department's holdings include dictionaries & encyclopedias, historical surveys, exhibition catalogs, handbooks and manuals. Relevant trade periodicals, directories, and scholarly journals can be found here as well as in the Science, Industry and Business Library (SIBL). In addition, Art & Architecture also has some unique antique plate books of original jewelry designs. Over the years, the department has been able to build a premier jewelry book and periodicals collection.

    The Art & Architecture Collection is noted for its remarkable holdings in design and the decorative arts. In addition to materials that came from the original Astor, Tilden and Lenox family libraries, key works were acquired throughout the early twentieth-century. Materials are collected in English and Western European languages.

    The following bibliography is a guide to some of the more significant titles in our collection. It serves as an introduction to the best information on the topic, and as a starting point for searching the Library's catalog for additional materials. For more extended research advice, please ask for further assistance at the Reference Desk in Room 300.

    Using the Catalog

    Photo 163   Diamond necklace
    with sapphires 
    in MNR++
    (Union of Soviet Socialist
    Republics. Komissariat finansov.
    Russia's treasure of diamonds
    and Precious stones.)
    Photographic Services & Permissions

    Both the retrospective Dictionary Catalog and CATNYP, the online catalog, use the term Jewelry. Jewelry is then subdivided by geography, period, general themes, and format.

    For instance, in CATNYP:

    Jewelry—Egypt
    Jewelry—Europe—History—19th Century
    Jewelry—France—History—20th Century—Pictorial Works
    Jewelry—Handbooks and Manual

    Related subject headings in CATNYP are:

    Jewelry Design
    Jewelry Making
    Jewelry Private Collections
    Jewelry Trade
    Jewelry Exhibitions
    Gems
    Gems Folklore
    Gems in Literature

     

    Appraisal and Purchase

    Matlins, Antoinette Leonard. Jewelry & Gems, the Buying Guide: How to Buy Diamonds, Colored Gemstones, Pearls, Gold and Jewelry with Confidence and Knowledge. Woodstock, VT: GemStone Press, 1998. *R-SIBL TS756.M28

    Miller, Anna M. Gems and Jewelry Appraising: Techniques of Professional Practice. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1988. MNR 88-3457

    Miller, Anna M. Illustrated Guide to Jewelry Appraising: Antique, Period, and Modern. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1990.

    Zucker, Benjamin. Gems and Jewels: A Connoisseur's Guide. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1984. 3-MNR 85-586

    Dictionaries and Encyclopedias

    Baxter, Paula A. Encyclopedia of Native American Jewelry. Phoenix: Oryx Press, 2000. *R-HBC 00-10290

    Dictionnaire International du Bijou. Edited by Marguerite de Cerval. Paris: Regard, 1998. 3-MNR+ 00-1457

    Elsevier's Dictionary of Jewellery and Watchmaking. Compiled by Carl Forget. Amsterdam; New York: Elsevier Science Pub. Co., 1984. MNR 85-618 and #R-Science TS722.E47

    Jeweler's Dictionary. Edited by Donald S. McNeil. Radnor, PA: Jeweler's Circular-Keystone, 1976. JSF 97-517 (SIBL)

    McGrath, Jinks. The Encyclopedia Of Jewellery Making Techniques. London: Headline, 1995. 3-MNR 96-12243

    Newman, Harold. An Illustrated Dictionary of Jewelry. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1981. MNR 82-702

    Handbooks and Manuals

    GIA Jeweler's Manual. Santa Monica, CA: Gemological Institute of America, 1989. *R-Science TS729 .L3 1989

    Jewelers Pocket Reference Book. Los Angeles: Gemological Institute of America, 1991. 3-MNR

    Rathbone, R.L.B., Unit Jewelry: A Handbook for Craftsmen. London: Constable & Co., Ltd., 1921. MNR

    Schiffer, Nancy N., Handbook of Fine Jewelry. (West Chester, PA: Schiffer Pub. 1991). MNR+ 93-3606

    Technique

    Brynner, Irena. Modern Jewelry: Design and Technique. New York: Reinhold Book Corp., 1968. MNR

    Gregorietti, Guido. Jewelry: History and Technique from the Egyptians to the Present. Secaucus, NJ: Chartwell Books, 1979. MNR 83-40

    The Jewelry Design Source Book. Edited by Patricia Bayer et al. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1989. 3-MNR 91-4492

    Krupenia, Deborah. The Art of Jewelry Design: Production Jewelry By 20 Top Designers. Rockport, MA; Cinncinati, OH: Quarry Books; North Light Books, 1997. MNR 97-3734

    Meyerowitz, Patricia. Making Jewelry and Sculpture Through Unit Construction. New York: Dover Publications, 1978. JSF 80-484 (SIBL)

    Morton, Philip. Contemporary Jewelry: A Studio Handbook. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1970. MNO 71-174

    Journals and Magazines

    Bijoutier. (Paris, France) no. 512, Jan. 1985 – JSP 87-390 (SIBL)
    Colored Stone. (San Diego, CA) no.1, Jan/Feb 1988 – JFM 01-218
    Gem (Radnor, PA) vol. 1, no. 1 1994/1995 –  JFM 94-820
    Gold + Silber, Uhren +Schmuck. (Stuttgart, Germany) 1948-1955  MNOA+
    100 Schmuckstucke = 100 Jewels. (Ulm, Germany) 2000 – MNA+ 01-698
    Jewelers' Circular-Keystone. (Radner, PA) 1935-1977 *ZAN-M88 (microfilm)
    Jewelry Workers Bulletin. vol .18, no. 1 1954- TDRA+
    Lapidary Journal. (San Diego, CA) vol. 1, no. 1 April 1947 -  MNOA
    Ornament. (Los Angeles, CA) vol. 4, no. 1 April 1979 - 3-MNOA 85-1544

    General Survey History

    Ball, Joanne D. Costume Jewelers: The Golden Age of Design. West Chester, PA: Schiffer Pub., 1990. MNR 92-6897

    Bennett, David and Daniela Mascetti. Understanding Jewellery. Woodbridge: Antique Collectors' Club, 1989. MNR 90-11502

    Black, Anderson J. The Story of Jewelry. New York: Morrow, 1974. MNR+ 75-634

    Bury, Shirley. Jewellery, 1789-1910: The International Era. Woodbridge: Antique Collector's Club, 1991. 3-MNR 91-1425

    Ernst, A. and Jean Heiniger. The Great Book of Jewels. Boston: New York Graphic Society, 1974. MNR+ 75-821

    Evans, Joan. A History of Jewellery 1100-1870. Boston, MA: Boston Book Art, 1970. MNR 72-735

    Gere, Charlotte. American and European Jewelry, 1830-1914. New York: Crown Publishers, 1975. MNR 75-2410

    Guadalupi, Gianni. The World's Greatest Treasures: Masterworks in Gold and Gem. London: Thames & Hudson, 1998. 3-MNR+ 99-11844

    Hughes, Graham. The Art of Jewelry. New York: Viking Press, 1972). MNR+ 73-494

    Jewelry 7,000 Years: An International History and Illustrated Survey from the Collection of the British Museum. Edited by Hugh Tait. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1987. 3-MNR 87-3759

    The Master Jewelers. Edited by A. Kenneth Snowman. London: Thames and Hudson, 1990. 3-MNR+ 90-13383

    Moro, Ginger. European Designer Jewelry. Atglen, PA: Schiffer Publishing Ltd., 1995. 3-MNR 96-17323

    Phillips, Clare. Jewelry: From Antiquity to the Present. London; New York: Thames and Hudson, 1996. MNR 96-12239

    Rogers, Frances and Alice Beard. 5000 Years of Gems and Jewelry. New York: Frederick A. Stokes Co., 1940. 3-MNR

    Steingraber, Erich. Antique Jewelry: Its History in Europe from 800 to 1900. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957. MNR

    Non-Western Jewelry

    Baxter, Paula A. Southwest Silver Jewelry [Navajo and Pueblo Indian Jewelry]. Atglen, PA: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. JGF 01-101 (General Research Division)

    Borel, France. The Splendor of Ethnic Jewelry: From the Colette and Jean-Pierre Ghysels Collection. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1994. 3-MNR 94-14516

    Ethnic Jewelry. Edited by John Mack. New York: Abrams, 1988. 3-MNR 89-20574

    Period, Style and Type of Jewelry

    Armstrong, Nancy. Victorian Jewelry. London: Studio Vista, 1976. MNR 77-743

    Art Deco Fashion and Jewellery. Kent: Grange Books, 1998. 3-MNR 99-3060

    The Belle Epoque of French Jewellery 1850-1910. Contributions by Michael Koch et al. London: Thomas Heneage & Co., Ltd., 1990. 3-MNR 91-9871

    Cutsem, Anne van. A World of Rings: Africa, Asia, America. Milan: Skira Editore, 2000. 3-MNR 01-4285

    Gere, Charlotte and Geoffrey C. Munn. Pre-Raphaelite to Arts and Crafts Jewellery. Woodbridge, UK: Antique Collectors' Club, 1996. MNK 97-3247

    Isaac Delgado Museum of Art. Treasures by Peter Carl Faberge and Other Master Jewelers: The Matilda Geddings Gray Foundation Collection. New Orleans: Matilda Geddings Gray Foundation, 1972. MNR 74-1120

    Lancaster, David. Art Nouveau Jewellery. London: Little, Brown, 1996. 3-MNR 98-9692

    Lightbown, Ronald W. Mediaeval European Jewellery. London: Victoria & Albert Museum, 1992. MNR+ 92-18409

    Mascetti, Daniela and Amanda Triossi. Earrings from Antiquity to the Present. London: Thames and Hudson, 1990. 3-MNR+ 90-13614

    Peter, Mary. Collecting Victorian Jewellery. London: McGibbon & Kee, 1970. MNR 71-164

    Princely Magnificence: Court Jewels of the Renaissance, 1500-1630. London: Debrett's Peerage in association with the Victoria & Albert Museum, 1980. MNR 83-2780

    Roulet, Sylvie. Art Deco Jewelry. New York: Rizzoli, 1984. MNR+ 87-3796

    Sataloff, Joseph. Art Nouveau Jewelry. Bryn Mawr, PA: Dorrance & Co., 1984. MNR 85-211

    Scarisbrick, Diana. Rings: Symbols of Wealth, Power and Affection. London: Thames and Hudson, 1993. MNR+ 93-5372

    Scarisbrick, Diana. Tiara. San Francisco: Chronicle Books in association with the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, 2000. 3-MNR 01-940

    Surveys by Country

    Aldred, Cyril. Jewels of the Pharaohs: Egyptian Jewelry of the Dynastic Period. New York: Ballantine Books, 1978. MNR 79-470

    Beauty, Wealth and Power: Jewels and Ornaments of Asia. San Francisco: Asian Art Museum, 1992. 3-MNR 93-3037

    Clarke, Duncan. African Hats and Jewelry. Edison, NJ: Chartwell Books, 1998. Sc G 00-64 (Schomburg Center)

    Fales, Martha Gandy. Jewelry in America, 1600-1900. Woodridge, Suffolk: Antique Collectors' Club, 1995. MNR 96-2709

    Muller, Priscilla E. Jewels in Spain, 1500-1800. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1972. 3-MNR 91-1277

    Proddow, Penny and Debra Healy. American Jewelry: Glamour and Tradition. New York: Rizzoli, 1987. 3-MNR 87-6205

    Scarisbrick, Diana. Ancestral Jewels. London: Deutsch, 1989. 3-MNR+ 90-881

    Scarisbrick, Diana. Jewellery in Britain, 1066-1837: A Documentary, Social Literary, and Artistic Survey. Wilby, Norwich: Michael Russell, 1994. MNR 95-10494

    Schofield, Anne. Australian Jewellery: 19th and early 20th Century. Balmain, NSW: David Ely Press, 1990. 3-MNR 91-11751

    Vever, Henri. La Bijouterie Francaise au XIXe Siecle, 1800-1900. Paris: H. Floury, 1906-08. MNR

    Twentieth Century

    Anderson, Patricia. Contemporary Jewellery: The Australian Experience, 1977-1987. Newton, NSW: Millenium, 1988. 3-MNR 92-7045

    Blauer, Ettagale. Contemporary American Jewelry Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991. 3-MNR 91-9886

    Cartlidge, Barbara. Twentieth-Century Jewelry. New York, H.N. Abrams, 1985. 3-MNR 85-4392

    Dormer, Peter & Ralph Turner. The New Jewelry: Trends and Traditions. London: Thames & Hudson, 1985. 3-MNR 85-3537

    Drutt, Helen W. and Peter Dormer. Jewelry of Our Time: Art, Ornament and Obsession. London: Thames and Hudson, 1995. MNR 96-3152

    Game, Amanda and Elizabeth Goring. Jewellery Moves: Ornament for the 21st Century. Edinburgh, Scotland: NMS Pub., 1998. 3-MNR 96-3152

    Hughes, Graham. Modern Jewelry, An International Survey, 1890-1963. New York: Crown Publishers, 1963. MNR

    Jewels of Fantasy: Costume Jewelry of the Twentieth Century. Edited by Deanna Farneti Cera. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1992. MNR+ 92-18393

    Lewin, Susan G. One of a Kind: American Art Jewelry Today. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1994. MNR 94-14673

    Proddow, Penny, Debra Healy, and Marion Fasel. Hollywood Jewels: Movies, Jewelry, Stars. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1992. MNR+ 92-19

    Rudoe, Judy. Cartier 1900-1939. London: British Museum Press, 1997. 3-MNR 96-17323

    Turner, Ralph. Jewelry in Europe and America: New Times, New Thinking. London: Thames and Hudson, 1996. 3-MNR 96-11528

    Watkins, David. The Best in Contemporary Jewellery. London: Bastfor, 1993. MNR+ 94-8302

    West, Janice. Made to Wear: Creativity in Contemporary Jewellery. London: Lund Humphries in association with Lethaby Press; Wappingers Falls, NY: distributed by Antique Collectors' Club, 1998. 3-MNR 98-8384.

    Antiques and Collectibles Resources on the Internet

    Costumes : Jewelry JIC (Jewelry Information Center):
    Links to a Variety of Thematic Sites
    Journal of Antiques and Collectibles  MetalSmith
    Getty Museum Jewelry Collection Ganokskin: 
    Tips from the Jeweler's Bench
    Antiques Jewelry Online  Jewelry Suppliers and Technical Resources
    ArtMetal Peter Carl Faberge

     

    Content prepared by Paula A. Baxter and Matilde Herrero.

    February 2003

  • New York City's Bridges: Construction & Maintenance (PDF)

    2027 bridges link Manhattan to the outer boroughs, the outer boroughs to each other, and New York City to New Jersey. Documenting the construction and maintenance of these bridges has been part of the mission of The New York Public Library. The following is a snapshot of what can be found in the collections housed at the Science, Industry and Business Library.

  • Photography Collection: A Research Guide

    The primary means of searching the Photography Collection is by photographer’s name. Use this guide to view a list of photographers whose work is represented in the collection.

    Locating Original Photographs

    The primary means of searching the Photography Collection is by photographer’s name. Click here to view a list of photographers whose work is represented in the collection. Some of the Photography Collection’s images are available online via the NYPL Digital Gallery. The images in the NYPL Digital Gallery also can be searched by place, subject and genre.

    Some of the larger photographic collections, such as the Robert N. Dennis Collection of Stereoscopic Views and the Romana Javitz Collection, have been cataloged by subject, photographic process and time period as well as by photographer. These collections can be accessed via CATNYP, the New York Public Library's on-line catalog. Many important collections are also accessible via albums of reproductions that can be viewed in the Prints and Photographs Study Room (Room 308).

    The New York Public Library has long been known for its holdings of photographs of New York City. The Irma and Paul Milstein Division of United States History, Local History and Genealogy maintains an important file of archival photographs of the city dating from the 1870s to 1980. The bulk of the collection comprises photographs from the late 1920s through the 1940s, a period during which the Library commissioned Percy Loomis Sperr, a Staten Island photographer, to document changes in the city through a series of nearly 30,000 photographs. The Photography Collection has complementary holdings, including important collections of work by Lewis W. Hine and Berenice Abbott. Historically, the collection has been stronger in New York photographs from the first half of the century, particularly work associated with documentary and social movements, such as photographs made for the Works Progress Administration Federal Art Project or by members of the New York Photo League (1936 –51).

    Additional images held by The New York Public Library can be accessed via the Mid-Manhattan Picture Collection. The Mid-Manhattan Picture Collection is a picture resource that is comprised of 30,000 digitized images. These images include illustrations and photographs from books, magazines and newspapers. This collection is catalogued and is searchable by subject.

    Researching photographs can be facilitated by consultation with the staff of the Photography Collection, during the hours of public service. Telephone reference service for brief queries is available at (212) 930-0837 or via FAX at (212) 930-0530. Written reference queries will be answered in the order received regardless of means of transmittal.

     

    Locating Reference Books on Photography

    The department’s reference collection includes books and periodicals on photographers and the history of photography, exhibition catalogs, annuals, biographical dictionaries, resource guides, and selected technique handbooks. These volumes are accessible primarily through the Art & Architecture Collection and the General Research Division. Literature on photo-chemistry, optics, the imaging industry and advertising is held by the Science, Industry and Business Library. Works on photo-mechanical processes are held in the General Research Division. Most works are cataloged in CATNYP, the New York Public Library's on-line catalog.

    Use the following links to obtain a list of reference materials on specific subjects:

    New York Public Library Photography Collection

    Color Photography: A List of References in the New York Public Library / William Burt Gamble, ed. (New York: The Library, 1924) *Z-MFF p.v.57, no. 7

    Photographica: A Subject Catalog of Books on Photography…Drawn from the Holdings of the New York Public Library, Astor, Lenox and Tilden Foundations (Boston: G.K. Hall, 1984) *R-Photo 84-176

    Original Sun Pictures:’ A Checklist of the New York Public Library’s Holdings of Early Works Illustrated with Photographs.” / Julia Van Haaften in The Bulletin of The New York Public Library (80:3 Spring 1977) *R-Photo

    General History of Photography

    Encyclopedia of 20th Century Photography / Lynne Warren, ed. (New York: Routledge, 2006) MFW 05-6948

    The History of Photography from 1839 to the Present Day / Beaumont Newhall (New York: Musueum of Modern Art, 1982) MFW 86-4436

    History of Women Photographers / Naomi Rosenblum (New York: Abbeville Press, 2000) *R-Photo 03-3877

    A New History of Photography / Michel Frizot, ed. (Koln: 1998) *R-Photo 99-9144

    Photography: A Cultural History / Mary Warner Marien (New York: Harry N. Abrams, 2002) MFW+ 03-3081

    A World History of Photography / Naomi Rosenblum (New York: Abbeville Press, 1997) *R-Art 04-4401

    Visual Identification of Photographic Processes

    The Albumen and Salted Paper Book / James M. Reilly (Rochester, N.Y.: Light Impressions Corporation, 1980) MFW 81-800

    Care and Identification of 19th-Century Photographic Prints / James M. Reilly (Rochester, N.Y.: Eastman Kodak Company, 1986) *R-Photo 88-3039

    Encyclopedia of Printing, Photographic, and Photomechanical Processes: A Comprehensive Reference to Reproduction Technologies, Containing Invaluable Information on Over 1500 Processes / Luis Nadeau (Fredericton, Canada: Atelier Luis Nadeau, 1989-1990) *R-Photo 03-4863

    A Guide to Early Photographic Processes / Brian Coe and Mark Haworth-Booth (London: Victoria and Albert Museum in association with Hurtwood Press, 1983) MFW+ 84-775

    How to Identify Prints: A Complete Guide to Manual and Mechanical Processes From Woodcut to Ink Jet / Bamber Gascoigne (New York: Thames and Hudson, 1986) Desk-MDI 87-2309

    The Keepers of Light: A History & Working Guide to Early Photographic Processes / William Crawford (Dobbs Ferry, NY: Morgan & Morgan, 1979) *R-Photo 80-3351

    Looking at Photographs: A Guide to Technical Terms / Gordon Baldwin (Malibu: J. Paul Getty Museum in association with British Museum Press, 1991) *R-Art 91-9043

    Photography: Processes, Preservation, and Conservation / Metropolitan Museum of Art (January 30-May 20, 2001)

    Visual Communication and the Graphic Arts; Photographic Technologies in the Nineteenth Century / Estelle Jussim (New York: R.R. Bowker Co, 1974) MFW 95-10042

    Biographical Information on Photographers

    Contemporary Photographers / Martin Marix Evans, ed. (New York: St. James Press, 1995) MFW 96-17383

    Craig’s Daguerreian Registry

    Encyclopedie Internationale des Photographies de 1839 a Nos Jours: Photographers Encyclopedia International, 1939 to the Present / Michel Auer and Michele Auer (Hermance, Switzerland: Editions Camera Obscura, 1985) *R-Photo 86-1715

    Macmillan Biographical Encyclopedia of Photographic Artists & Innovators / Turner Browne and Elaine Partnow (New York: Macmillan, 1983) MFW 84-438

    Photographers: A Sourcebook for Historical Research / Richard Rudisill (Brownsville, CA: C. Mautz, 1991) *R-Photo 92-26

    Women in Photography International Archive

    Bibliographies on Photography

    Color Photography: A List of References in the New York Public Library / William Burt Gamble, comp. (New York: The Library, 1924) *Z-MFF p.v.57, no. 7

    History of Photography: A Bibliography of Books / Laurent Roosens and Luc Salu (London: Mansell, 1989) *R-Art 89-4304

    Nineteenth-Century Photography: An Annotated Bibliography, 1839-1879 / William Johnson (Boston: G.K. Hall, 1990) *R-Photo 91-6379

    Photographic Literature: An International Bibliographic Guide to General and Specialized Literature on Photographic Processes, Techniques, Theory, Chemistry, Physics, Apparatus, Materials and Applications, Industry, History, Biography, Aesthetics / Albert Boni (New York: Morgan & Morgan, 1962, 1972) *R-Photo 99-1947

    Photographica: A Subject Catalog of Books on Photography…Drawn from the Holdings of the New York Public Library, Astor, Lenox and Tilden Foundations (Boston: G.K. Hall, 1984) *R-Photo 84-176

    Contemporary and Digital Photography

    Art and Photography / David Campany, ed. (London: Phaidon, 2003) MFW+ 03-5632

    The Digital Evolution: Visual Communication in the Electronic Age: Essays, Lectures, and Interviews, 1967-1998 / A. D. Coleman (Tucson, AZ: Nazraeli Press, 1998) MFW 01-10615

    Over Exposed: Essays on Contemporary Photography / Carol Squiers, ed. (New York: New Press, 1999) MFW 99-10250

    The Photograph as Contemporary Art / Charlotte Cotton (London: Thames & Hudson, 2004) MFW 04-6453

    The Photographic Image in Digital Culture / Martin Lister, ed. (London and New York: Routledge, 1995) MFW 95-12301

     

    Locating Periodicals

    Periodicals are found throughout the Library, in almost every Division. CATNYP will tell you in which location you can find the title you are seeking, so take note of the Location Field when searching. Please note that a single periodical title might be housed in multiple locations, depending on the format. For instance, a single journal title may have current paper issues in Room 108, back issues on microfilm in Room 100 and bound volumes in Room 315.

    Many photography-related periodicals are available through the DeWitt Wallace Periodical Reading Room (Room 108). Some photography journals are available in the Prints and Photographs Study Room (Room 308), including the following:

    History of Photography – only the current issue is available in Room 308
    The Photograph Collector
    Gordon’s Print and Photography Auction Prices – available in electronic form
    Camera Work: A Photographic Quarterly

     

    Electronic Resources

     

    Connect On-Site from the Library  AP Multimedia Archive  Connect from home using your NYPL Library card

    Contains the Associated Press's current year's photo report and a selection of images from their vast negative and print library dating from the 1500s. more info
    Availability:   Branch Libraries; Humanities and Social Sciences Library; Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture; Science, Industry and Business Library; The New York Public Library for the Performing Arts

    Connect On-Site from the Library  Digital Library Collections, NYPL

    see NYPL Digital Library Collections

    Available via the World Wide Web  George Eastman House Catalog

    Photographers, collections, and exhibition catalogs can be searched in this extensive index. more info

    Connect On-Site from the Library  Gordon's Photo Prices -- Only available in HSSL Rooms 300 and 308

    International coverage of photographs sold at auction from 1985 to the present. more info
    Availability:   Miriam & Ira D. Wallach Division of Art, Prints and Photographs: Art & Architecture Collection (Room 300 at Humanities and Social Sciences Library); Miriam & Ira D. Wallach Division of Art, Prints and Photographs: Photography Collection (Room 308 at Humanities and Social Sciences Library)

    Available via the World Wide Web  Museum of the City of New York: Byron Collection

    This database consists of over 22,000 photographs of New York City and its environs taken by the Byron Company between 1890 and 1942. more info

    Available via the World Wide Web  New York City Views

    Images of New York City from the NYPL Digital Gallery, a free resource of images digitized from primary sources and printed rarities in the collections of the Library. This link goes directly to image collections of New York City from the Irma and Paul Milstein Division of United States History, Local History and Genealogy. more info

    Available via the World Wide Web  NYPL Digital Gallery

    Provides access to over 450,000 images digitized from primary sources and printed rarities in the collections of The New York Public Library, including illuminated manuscripts, historical maps, vintage posters, rare prints and photographs, illustrated books, printed ephemera, and more. more info

    Available via the World Wide Web  NYPL Digital Library Collections

    Gateway to The New York Public Library’s rare and unique collections in digitized form. more info

    Available via the World Wide Web  Picture Collection Online, NYPL Mid-Manhattan Library

    A collection of 30,000 digitized images from books, magazines and newspapers as well as original photographs, prints and postcards, mostly created before 1923. more info

    Available via the World Wide Web  Prints & Photographs Online Catalog (PPOC)

    The Library of Congress Prints & Photographs Division’s catalog to about 65% of the Division's holdings. Many of the catalog records are accompanied by digital images--about one million digital images in all. more info

     

    Selected Internet Resources

     

  • Prints

    The Print Collection of The New York Public Library houses a substantial collection of original prints, illustrated books, a small collection of drawings, and a reference collection on the subject of prints, printmaking and book illustration.

    The reference resources in the Prints and Photographs Study Room include catalogues raisonnés of printmakers’ work, ephemera files, monographs, periodicals and exhibition catalogues covering the history of printmaking, printmakers, printers and publishers, book illustration, the history of caricature, and artists’ books. There are also technical manuals of the various fine art printmaking techniques, from woodcuts to digital processes. Also on hand are price guides and bibliographies for prints.

    This guide offers a selection of bibliographic and online resources for researching prints and printmakers, as well as indications of how to determine what prints are in the Library’s collections. All classmarks are for Print Collection copies, unless otherwise noted. Print Collection materials must be requested, and viewed in the Prints and Photographs Study Room (Room 308).

    Literature on works in other media, including drawings and posters, is found in the Art and Architecture Collection. Photographs and the history of photography are covered by the Photography Collection.

    It should be noted that original prints are located throughout the diverse collections of the four NYPL Research Libraries, for example in the Arents Collection, the Berg Collection and Pforzheimer Collection in the Humanities and Social Sciences Library; the Photographs and Prints Division of the Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture; and the Dance Collection, Music Collection, and Theatre Collection of the Library for Performing Arts. While some of these collections are catalogued in CATNYP, it is advisable to contact the individual divisions for more information on their holdings.

    Please consult the librarians and specialists in the Prints and Photographs Study Room, Room 308, if you need further assistance in your research. If you are unable to visit the Library, you may also e-mail the staff.

    Using the Library’s Catalogs

    Reference Material

    The Print Collection’s reference books are catalogued in the online catalogue of the Research Libraries, CATNYP, which is available on the World Wide Web via http://catnyp.nypl.org/. For general instructions on using CATNYP, please consult Using the Library’s Online Catalog.

    For basic information on printmakers, the dictionaries of artists listed in the Art and Architecture Collection’s research guide, Art Research: Beginning Strategies (Benezit; Thieme-Becker, etc.), are a good place to start.

    For general print catalogues consult CATNYP by author or title.

    For catalogues raisonnés, a search under the printmaker’s name as author or as subject will find books on that printmaker.

    To determine availability of print-related periodicals, many of which are housed in the Print Collection, consult CATNYP for as well as the Dictionary Catalog of the Prints Division (Boston, Mass., G. K. Hall & Co., 1975). Desk-Prints Div. 75-1240; Art and Architecture Division MAC+ 75-1241; check CATNYP for other copies.

    The ephemera, or artists’ files are catalogued in unique files in the Prints and Photographs Study Room, Room 308. Those files created before 1971 are also indexed in the Dictionary Catalog of the Prints Division.

    Illustrated Books

       

    Reference material on the history of book illustration is collected by the Print Collection, and can be found by searching in CATNYP. The illustrated books themselves are housed throughout the Library’s reading rooms, including the Print Collection. Many of them are already catalogued in CATNYP, although for some specialized collections, such as the Arents, Berg, Pforzheimer and Spencer Collections, it is advisable to consult the individual divisions. For books catalogued in CATNYP, the electronic record will contain information on the location of the book.

    Determining if a Print is in the Library’s Collection

    The Print Collection’s original print holdings are catalogued in unique card files in the Prints and Photographs Study Room, Room 308. It is generally necessary to visit the Library or contact the staff of the Print Collection to find out whether a given print is in the collection. However, there are a few exceptions of online cataloguing and publications detailing selected portions of the Print Collection’s holdings. See also Finding Materials in the Collections.

    Please consult Tips for Finding Prints and Other Graphic Materials in CATNYP for more information about locating the small number of prints that are catalogued online.

    For books and articles detailing the holdings of the Print Collection, see the Print Collection Bibliography.

     

    Tips for finding prints and other graphic materials in CATNYP

    Graphic materials throughout The New York Public Library’s Research Libraries, including a few limited selections from the Print Collection (see below), have been catalogued in CATNYP. To find these materials among the books and other formats, try the following:

    • Complete a search, for example by subject, or author
    • Click on “Limit this Search” at the top of the screen
    • From the “Format” pull-down menu, select “Photographs, Prints, Graphics”

    Any resulting records will describe graphic materials. The Location will indicate where the items are within the library, i.e. “Humanities – Prints” for the Print Collection.

    The Description will indicate number, technique, and overall size of the items. For most Print Collection records, individual titles are listed in the Contents field.

    Prints and drawings from the Print Collection cataloged in CATNYP

    • 19th-century French etchings in the S.P. Avery Collection
    • Emmet Collection, illustrations of early American history

    Some bound volumes of prints also appear in CATNYP. However, because they have been catalogued as books, they do not turn up under the limitation “Photographs, Prints, Graphics,” but rather in a normal search by author, subject, title, etc.

    Note: The majority of the Print Collection’s close to 200,000 prints are catalogued in unique files in the Prints and Photographs Study Room.

    Print Collection Bibliography

    For the first several decades of the twentieth century, Print Collection exhibitions and acquisitions were regularly reported in The Bulletin of the New York Public Library; see the Indexes for volumes 1-66. Items from the Print Collection are also regularly lent to the numerous special exhibitions held at the Library, some of which have published catalogues. Below is a list of the most comprehensive publications listing specific portions of the Print Collection.

    Dictionary Catalog

    Dictionary Catalog of the Prints Division (Boston, Mass., G. K. Hall & Co., 1975. Desk-Prints Div. 75-1240; Art and Architecture Division MAC+ 75-1241; check CATNYP for other copies. The very thorough original catalogue of the reference books, periodicals, ephemera files, and illustrated books in the Print Collection (formerly known as the Prints Division), current through 1971. Print-related articles from a variety of periodicals are also indexed here.

    Subject-Specific Publications of the Print Collection


    Beck, Sydney and Elizabeth E. Roth. Music in prints. New York: New York Public Library, 1965. MDZ NYPL; Library for the Performing Arts *MFZA NYPL; General Research Division  *HND NYPL. Catalogue to a Print Collection exhibition of the same title; encompasses the 15th through 20th centuries.


    Calendar of the Emmet Collection of Manuscripts etc. Relating to American History Presented to the New York Public Library by John S. Kennedy. New York: New York Public Library, 1900 and 1959. MDE 00-11643; General Research Division *HND NYPL;   H NYPL; Rare Books Division *KAD NYPL; U.S. History, Local History and Genealogy *R-USLHG I 00-1482. This includes a partial listing of the illustrations in the Emmet Collection. Many of the illustrations have been catalogued in CATNYP; please consult Tips for finding prints and other graphic materials in CATNYP for more information on searching for these records.

    Deák, Gloria Gilda. Picturing America, 1497-1899: Prints, Maps, and Drawings Bearing on the New World Discoveries and on the Development of the Territory that is Now the United States. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1988. Desk-Prints Div. 89-807; Desk-Prints Div. 89-808; Art and Architecture Division *R-Art 89-792; Map Division 89-30; U.S. History, Local History and Genealogy  Desk-USLHG 89-1058 Shelf 18. The most up-to-date catalogue of The Phelps Stokes Collection of American Historical Prints; 880 entries incorporating also related material from other Library collections.


    Deák, Gloria Gilda. William James Bennett: master of the aquatint view, with an introductory essay by Dale Roylance; checklist and commentaries by Roberta Waddell and Theresa Salazar. New York: New York Public Library, 1988. MDG Bennett 89-2056. Catalogue to an exhibition of the work of this artist, from the Print Collection holdings, including The Phelps Stokes Collection.


    Finlay, Nancy, and Julia van Haaften. “Four hundred years of Native-American Portraits: Prints and Photographs from the Collections of The New York Public Library,” Biblion. The Bulletin of The New York Public Library, 2: 1, 100-139. Checklist of an exhibition held at the Library in 1992-1993; the prints and photographs in the exhibition were culled from the Print Collection, the Photography Collection, the Rare Books Division and the General Research Division.

    Finlay, Nancy. “Artists Look at The New York Public Library: A Portfolio of Drawings and Cartoons,” Biblion. The Bulletin of The New York Public Library, 3: 2, 94-108. General Research Division *R-*HND NYPL 96-1199; *HND NYPL 92-1277; see CATNYP for other copies. A selection from the Print Collection’s holdings of drawings, cartoons and prints depicting the Library, its site, building, and users between 1842 and 1990. This article was published on the occasion of the centennial of The New York Public Library in 1995.

    Finlay, Nancy. “Reginald Marsh’s Sketchbook #4: An Artist at The New York Public Library,” Biblion. The Bulletin of The New York Public Library, 4: 2, 75-94. General Research Division *R-*HND NYPL 96-1199; *HND NYPL 92-1277; see CATNYP for other copies. Publication of a cache of drawings by this 20th-century American artist in the Print Collection, relating to Marsh’s research for a book of anatomical drawings (much of it carried out in The New York Public Library), as well as preparatory drawings for some of his prints in the Library’s collection.


    Finlay, Nancy. Inventing the American Past: the Art of F.O.C. Darley. New York: New York Public Library, 1999. MDG Darley 99-5486; General Research Division 3-MCX D216 01-10086; Berg Collection Darley ZA2 F56 1999.  Catalogue published to accompany an exhibition of selections from the Library’s large collection of prints after and drawings by this groundbreaking 19th-century American illustrator.

    Murase, Miyeko. Tales of Japan. Scrolls and Prints from The New York Public Library. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1986. MDBV 86-1747; Asian and Middle Eastern Division *O-*OSM 01-7759. Catalogue to an exhibition of Japanese manuscripts from the Spencer Collection, and color woodcuts from the Print Collection.


    Rainwater, Robert, ed. Max Ernst: beyond surrealism : a Retrospective of the Artist's Books and Prints; with essays by Anne Hyde Greet, Evan M. Maurer, and Robert Rainwater.  New York: New York Public Library and Oxford University Press, 1986.  MDG Ernst 88-1959; Desk-MDET 89-2047; General Research Division *HND NYPL 86-3012. Catalogue to an exhibition of the artist’s work in the Library’s collections.

    Ruby, Louisa Wood. “Samuel Putnam Avery as a Collector of Drawings: A Complete Checklist from The New York Public Library’s Print Collection,” Biblion. The Bulletin of The New York Public Library, 9: 1/2, 104-147. General Research Division *R-*HND NYPL 96-1199; *HND NYPL 92-1277; see CATNYP for other copies. Complete listing of the drawings in the S.P. Avery collection, many of them relating directly to prints in the collection, and many presented to Avery by the artists.

    Stokes, I.N. Phelps and Daniel C. Haskell. American historical prints, early views of American cities, etc., from the Phelps Stokes and other collections. New York, The New York Public Library, 1932. DESK-MDE NYPL; MDE NYPL; MDE p.v.8; General Research Division  *RB-MDE NYPL; *HND NYPL *HND NYPL p.v.11. The earliest catalogue of The Phelps Stokes Collection; largely superseded by Gloria Deàk’s Picturing America (see above).

    Treasures from the New York Public Library. New York: The New York Public Library, 1985.  Desk-MDET 89-2045; General Research Division*HND NYPL 85-363; JFF 85-28 (and other copies; see CATNYP). Catalogue of an exhibition of notable objects from throughout the collections of The New York Public Library.

    Treasures of the New York Public Library. New York: H.N. Abrams, 1988. Desk-MDET 89-2048; General Research Division *R-*HND+ NYPL 89-132; Pub. Cat. 89-172 Shelf 49. Catalogue to a second exhibition of notable objects from throughout the collections of The New York Public Library.


    Waddell, Roberta and Louisa Wood Ruby, eds. Dorothea Tanning: Hail, Delirium!: a Catalogue Raisonné of the Artist's Illustrated Books and Prints, 1942-1991; with an essay by Donald Kuspit; chronology and commentaries by Dorothea Tanning.  New York: New York Public Library, 1992. MDG Tanning 92-10185. Catalogue to an exhibition of Tanning’s work, from the Library’s collections.

     


    Weitenkampf, Frank. Political Caricature in the United States in Separately Published Cartoons. New York: New York Public Library, 1953 and 1971. DESK-MDY Weitenkampf; MDY Weitenkampf; MDY 80-1238; U.S. History, Local History and Genealogy ID Weitenkampf. Annotated list of U.S. political caricature in American collections, including The New York Public Library; compiled by the Library’s first curator of prints.

    Weitenkampf, Frank. The Eno Collection of New York City views. New York:  New York Public Library, 1925. DESK-MDE NYPL; MDE NYPL, and numerous copies throughout the Library’s reading rooms, check CATNYP. Checklist of this collection of some 500 prints recording the changing aspects of New York City throughout its history.

    Williams, Sam P., et al. Guide to the Research Collections of the New York Public Library. Chicago: American Library Association, 1975. General Research Division *R-*HND 76-582; Pub. Cat. 76-583 Shelf 46; JNF 93-223, and numerous other copies throughout the Library’s reading rooms, check CATNYP.  Provides information about all of the Research Libraries’ collections, permitting useful subject access and historical notes about the formation of the collections.

    Visual Identification of Printmaking Processes

    Artists for more than six centuries, from Dürer and Rembrandt to Jasper Johns and Robert Rauschenberg, have made prints, exploring the particular artistic possibilities of various printmaking media to create “multiple originals.”  While an artist may utilize photomechanical processes in making a print, “print” as it is used here does not refer to a reproduction, but to a work of art which results from the artist’s interaction with and response to various printmaking media, among them, woodcut, etching, lithography, screenprint and now digital processes, which allow an image to be multiplied.

    The Print Collection staff can assist in identifying a print and the printmaking process used as time allows. However, the Library staff cannot make statements of authenticity.

    Gascoigne, Bamber.  How to Identify Prints: A Complete Guide to Manual and Mechanical Processes from Woodcut to Ink Jet. New York: Thames & Hudson, 1986. Print Collection Desk MDI 87-2309. Illustrated guide to identifying both original and photo-reproductive processes, with a glossary of printmaking terms. 

    Griffiths, Antony.  Prints and Printmaking.  London: British Museum Publications, 1980; 2nd edition, 1996.  MDB 87-576. Informative and readable survey of the history of printmaking, emphasizing visual identification of techniques and a glossary of terms. 

    Ivins. William. How Prints Look.  Revised by Marjorie B. Cohn. Boston: Beacon Press, 1987.  MDB 89-3216. Basic text on identifying the main printmaking media, with new annotated bibliography by Marjorie Cohn.

    Interpreting Printed Inscriptions on Prints

     


    Prints may include printed inscriptions, often abbreviations of Latin terms indicating printmaker, artist (who conceived the design, after which the print was made), and  publisher.  Customarily the name of the printmaker appears in the lower right corner of the print; the artist, in the lower left corner. 

     “Words Below the Image: What They Say,” in Bamber Gascoigne, How to Identify Prints, A Complete Guide to Manual and Mechanical Processes from Woodcut to Ink Jet. New York: Thames & Hudson, 1986, pages 48 a,b,c.  Print Collection Desk MDI 87-2309

    “Abbreviations and Lettering,” in Antony Griffiths, Prints and Printmaking: An Introduction to the History and Techniques, London: British Museum Publications, 1980; 2nd edition, 1996, p. 133.  MDB 87-576.


    “Terms and Abbreviations found on Prints,” in A. Hyatt Mayor, Prints & People: A Social History of Printed Pictures.  New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1971.  MDB 72-325; Print Room Desk 73-55; also in General Research Division 3-MDB 89-16291.

    Delteil. Loys.  Le peintre-graveur illustré. Paris: chez l’auteur, 1906-.  Volumes 1-31.  Desk MDD+ Delteil; reprint, Le peintre-graveur illustré; the graphic work of nineteenth and twentieth century artists, and illustrated catalog. New York: Collectors Editions, Ltd. Da Capo Press, 1969.  MDD+ Delteil. Illustrated; vol. 32 includes an extensive glossary in four languages (French-English-German-Spanish).

    Catalogues raisonnés

    Complete (or near-complete) listings of a printmakers’ body of work, oeuvre catalogues, or catalogues raisonnés as they are known, are often the best source of descriptive information on prints. Although there is not a catalogue raisonné for every artist who made prints, below are two sources for identifying those catalogues that have been published.

    Riggs, Timothy. The Print Council Index to Oeuvre-Catalogues of Prints by European and American Artists. Millwood, New York: Kraus International Publications, 1983. MD-84-783. This comprehensive listing of catalogues raisonnés of printmakers was published by the Print Council of America. They now maintain an online version, which is periodically updated; see the print-related Selected Internet Resources

    Gordon’s Print Price Annual. New York: M. Gordon, 1978-. MDCF 79-1170. This resource is also available online in the Prints and Photographs Study Room, see the print-related Electronic Resources. A compilation of auction print prices, Gordon’s includes an index of catalogues raisonnés by artist, followed by full bibliographic entries arranged by author. 

     

    General Print Catalogues

    The following is a selective list of standard general print catalogues, which contain listings of prints by groups of artists, often of a single nationality and period.

    Many of these books were published before the widespread use of photomechanical illustration methods, and therefore do not include images of the prints listed; it is noted below whether illustrations are included or not. Call numbers are for reference works located in the Prints and Photographs Study Room.

    Multi-national Catalogues
    Catalogues of American Prints
    Catalogues of Dutch and Flemish Prints
    Catalogues of French Prints
    Catalogues of German prints

    Multi-national Catalogues

    Bartsch, Adam.  Le peintre-graveur. Vienna: J.V. Degen, 1803-05. Dutch and Flemish engravers, volumes 1-5; German, volumes 6-11; Italian, volumes 12-21.  Desk-MDD  Bartsch; MDD Bartsch.  Bartsch compiled the first broad-ranging catalogue of works by printmakers active before 1700, and remains the standard reference for many of the artists listed. As his title – “painter-engraver” -- suggests, his focus was on original as opposed to reproductive prints.

    The Illustrated Bartsch. New York: Abaris Books, 1978-.  MDD+ 80-258. Ongoing publication; an illustrated re-edition of Bartsch’s Peintre-graveur, sometimes with the addition of commentary volumes of more in-depth information, as well as supplementary volumes covering the work of artists not included in the original Bartsch. 

    Le Blanc, Charles.  Manuel de l’Amateur d’Estampes 1550-1820. Paris, 1854-89.  Desk-MDD Le Blanc; MDD Le Blanc.  Reprint: Amsterdam: G.W. Hissink & Co., 1970-71.  MDD Le Blanc. Using the collection of the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris, Le Blanc attempted to list all prints produced during this broad period. Although it  provides the most complete extant list of some less well-known artists’ work, the listings are generally incomplete.

    Lehrs, Max. Geschichte und kritischer Katalog des deutschen, niederländischen und französischen Kupferstichs im XV. Jahrhundert. Vienna: Gesellschaft für vervielfältigende Kunst, 1908-34. MDN+ Lehrs. Catalogue of German, Netherlandish and French engravings from the first century of printmaking.

    Schreiber, W.L. Manuel de l'amateur de la gravure sur bois et sur métal au XVe siècle. Berlin: A. Cohn, 1891-1911. MDB Schreiber and MDB++ Schreiber. Catalogue of woodcuts and metalcuts from the first century of printmaking; organized according to subject matter.

    Catalogues of American Prints

    Library of Congress. Prints and Photographs Division. American prints in the Library of Congress; a catalog of the collection. Compiled by Karen F. Beall and the staff of the Prints and Photographs Division of the Library of Congress. With an introd. by Alan Fern and a foreword by Carl Zigrosser. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, [1970]. Desk-Prints Div. 72-295; MDBF US. Library of Congress. Provides a broad cross-section of American prints through the mid-20th century. Not by any means complete, as it is restricted to the collection of the Library of Congress, but nonetheless the most comprehensive published listing of the subject.

    Peters, Harry. America on stone; the other printmakers to the American people; a chronicle of American lithography other than that of Currier & Ives ….  Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran and Company, Inc., 1931.  MDP+ Peters; Print Room Reserve+ Peters, H. T. America on stone; Milstein Division IAG+ Peters.

    Stauffer, Daniel McNeely.  American Engravers upon Copper and Steel.  New York, 1907, with Supplement published by Mantle Fielding, Philadelphia, 1917.  MDDF Stauffer

    Catalogues of Dutch and Flemish Prints

    Hippert, T and J. Linnig. Le peintre-graveur hollandais et belge du XIXme siècle. Brussels: Olivier, 1874-79. MDDF Hippert and Linnig. Catalogue of prints by 19th-century Dutch and Belgian artists.

    Hollstein, F.W.H. Dutch and Flemish Etchings, Engravings, and Woodcuts, ca. 1450-1700. Amsterdam: M. Hertzberger, 1949-.  MDDF Hollstein. Illustrated. Hollstein is the standard reference for Dutch and Flemish prints up to 1700. Early volumes were partially illustrated, and more recent volumes include fully illustrated catalogues of printmakers’ work. The publisher continues to update the earlier volumes in The New Hollstein. Since 1996, they have also published a number of specialized volumes in their series Studies in Prints and Printmaking.

    The New Hollstein: Dutch and Flemish Etchings, Engravings, and Woodcuts, 1450-1700.  Roosendaal, The Netherlands: Koninklijke van Poll in co-operation with the Rijksprentenkabinet, Rijksmuseum Amsterdam, 1993-. MDDF Hollstein, Dutch. Illustrated.

    Catalogues of French Prints

    Baudicour, Prosper de.  Le Peintre-Graveur Français Continué.  Paris: Mme. Bouchard-Huzard, et Leipzig, R. Weigel, 1859-61.  MDDF Baudicour. Continuation of the catalogue of prints by 17th-century French artists by Robert-Dumesnil into the 18th century.

    Béraldi, Henri.  Le Graveurs du Dix-Neuviéme Siècle: Guide de l’Amateur d’Estampes Modernes.  Paris: L. Conquet, 1885-92.  MDD Béraldi; Desk MDD Béraldi. Catalogue of prints by 19th-century French etchers, engravers and lithographers; not always complete, but the only source of information for some printmakers.

    Delteil. Loys.  Le peintre-graveur illustré. Paris: chez l’auteur, 1906-.  Volumes 1-31.  Desk MDD+ Delteil; reprint, Le Peintre-Graveur Illustré; the Graphic Work of Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Artists, and Illustrated Catalog. New York: Collectors Editions, Ltd. Da Capo Press, 1969.  MDD+ Delteil. Illustrated catalogue of prints by some 25 artist-printmakers of the 19th and early 20th centuries.

    Robert-Dumesnil, A.P.F. Peintre-Graveur Français.  Paris, 1835-71. MDDF Baudicour. Catalogue of prints by French artists born in the 17th century.

    Catalogues of German prints

    Hollstein, F.W.H. German Engravings, Etchings and Woodcuts, ca. 1400-1700.  Amsterdam: M. Hertzberger, 1954-.  MDDF Hollstein, German. Illustrated. Hollstein is the standard reference for German prints up to 1700. Some illustrations were included in the early volumes, and more recent volumes include fully illustrated catalogues of printmakers’ work. The publisher continues to update earlier volumes in The New Hollstein.

    The New Hollstein: German Engravings, Etchings and Woodcuts, 1400-1700. Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Sound & Vision Interactive, 1996.  MDDF Hollstein, German. Illustrated.

    General Histories of Prints

    Griffiths, Antony.  Prints and Printmaking.  London: British Museum Publications, 1980; 2nd edition, 1996.  MDB 87-576. Informative and readable survey of the history of printmaking. 

    Hults, Linda C. An Introductory History: The Print in the Western World. Madison, Wisconsin, London: The University of Wisconsin Press, 1996. A comprehensive history of printmaking.  Footnotes and references at the end of each chapter provide an excellent bibliography. MDB+ 96-15076

    Mayor, A. Hyatt.  Prints & People: A Social History of Printed Pictures.  New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1971.  A remarkable, highly readable survey of the history of prints by A. Hyatt Mayor, former Curator of Prints at the Metropolitan Museum of Art. MDB 72-325; Print Room Desk 73-55; in General Research Division 3-MDB 89-16291

    Platzker, David and Elizabeth Wyckoff.  Hard Pressed: 600 Years of Prints and Process.  New York: Hudson Hill Press, 2000.  Surveys the history of printmaking, focusing on the effects of technical advances by examining artists and works that expanded the boundaries of various printmaking media. MDB+ 01-2356; in General Research Division 3-MDR+ 01-3275

    Periodicals and Ephemera Files

    For articles on a particular artist, Art Index and a number of other specialized art bibliographies are available in electronic form at many workstations in the Library, including the Prints and Photographs Study Room; see the listing of Electronic Resources, or consult the full listing of Online Databases and Indexes. The full run of Art Index in its print version is located in the Art and Architecture Division, MAC Art Index; and see CATNYP for other locations. References to articles published through 1971 on printmakers and illustrators can also be found in the Dictionary Catalog of the Prints Division.

    Major print-related periodicals are housed in the Prints and Photographs Study Room and can be located on CATNYP.

    For artists who have never been the subject of a catalogue or an article, the Print Collection ephemera files (a.k.a. artists’ or clipping files) on printmakers may be helpful.  They have been compiled since the opening of the Print Collection in 1900 and contain exhibition notices and brochures, reviews, obituaries and other related materials. Indexed in the Dictionary Catalog of the Prints Division through 1971, they are kept current and indexed in unique files in the Prints and Photographs Study Room.

    Price Guides

    A handful of publications in the Prints and Photographs Study Room record current print prices. The most frequently called for is Gordon’s Print Price Annual indexing auction prices, available in both print and online versions. The others listed here are useful because they cover different parts of the market, or specific categories of works.

    Gordon's Print Price Annual. New York: Martin Gordon, 1978- . MDCF 78-1170 1978-  . Annually updated listing of prices realized at international auctions of all categories of prints, including Old Master, contemporary, decorative, historical, sporting, topographical, natural history, botanical, and Japanese prints; posters, illustrated books, livres d' artiste, books and periodicals with original graphics, and Picasso ceramics.  Also available in online format in the Prints and Photographs Study Room (Room 308). See Electronic Resources.

    Lawrence's Dealer Print Prices.  Phoenix, AZ: Gordon’s Art Reference, 1992- . MDCF 92-477. Annually updated listing of prices realized by art dealers for all categories of prints.

    Printworld Directory of Contemporary Prints and Prices [Bala-Cynwyd, PA]: Printworld, 1982- . MDA 86-2457. Listings of prices for selected contemporary artists.

    Electronic Resources

    Gordon’s Print Price Annual provides international coverage of prints sold at auction from 1985 to the present.  Almost 600,000 records, from old Master, modern, and contemporary fine prints to posters and illustrated books, as well as Picasso ceramic.  Prices are given in dollars, pounds and currency of country of origin. Available in Room 308 and 300.

    The following resources available in the Art and Architecture Collection, Room 300, can also be useful for print research. Consult the library-wide listing of Databases and Indexes Online for more information.

    AMICO: Art Museum Image Consortium. AMICO is a collection of multimedia images and corresponding descriptive text of works of art contributed by art museums all over the world.

    Art & Architecture Thesaurus. Available courtesy of The Getty Museum and the Getty Vocabulary Program, the AAT is a structured vocabulary of approximately 125,000 terms, scope notes, and other information used when describing fine art, architecture, decorative arts, archival materials, and material culture.

    ARTbibliographies Modern covers 20th century art, design, and photography, citing periodicals, monographs, dissertations, and exhibition catalogs.

    Art Full Text is a bibliographic database that indexes and abstracts articles from periodicals published throughout the world. Full-text coverage is included for selected periodicals, but not all.

    Art Index & Art Index Retrospective indexes articles in periodicals, yearbooks, and museum publications, 1929-present.

    Arts and Humanities Citation Index Search indexes articles and their citations from domestic and foreign journals in twenty-five arts and humanities disciplines, 1980-present.

    Bibliography of the History of Art includes and extends the Répertoire d' Art et d' Archéologie from 1973 to 1989 and the International Repertory of the Literature of Art from 1975 to 1989. It covers European and American art from antiquity to the present.

    Grove Dictionary of Art contains 41,000 entries and over 30,000 images, the online version of the Grove Dictionary of Art can be searched by heading, subheading, or free text.

    Index to Nineteenth-Century American Art Periodicals covers 42 periodicals from 1840 to 1907. Indexing each entire issue it covers artists and illustrators, painting, sculpture, drawing, photography, collecting, exhibitions, sales, decoration and popular culture.

    Nineteenth Century Art Worldwide. Published by the Association of Historians of Nineteenth-century Art, this scholarly, refereed e-journal, Nineteenth-Century Art Worldwide, is devoted to the study of nineteenth-century painting, sculpture, graphic arts, photography, architecture, and decorative arts across the globe.

    Selected Internet Resources

     

    • The Print Council Index to Oeuvre Catalogues of Prints
      http://www.printcouncil.org
      The website of the Print Council of America offers access to the online version of The Print Council Index to Oeuvre-Catalogues of Prints by European and American Artists by Timothy Riggs, brought up-to-date by Lauren B. Hewes. Along with this descriptive bibliography of catalogues raisonnés, arranged by artist, this site includes a list of publications on printmaking techniques, a brief discussion of “authenticity,” the care of prints, establishing value, and a list of online library catalogues.
    • International Print Center New York
      http://www.ipcny.org
      This website includes links to print organizations, print clubs, print publications, publishers and print workshops, selected print galleries and dealers, museums with websites that include prints, print exhibitions, sites to “research and history,” and print competitions, along with information about their own activities and exhibitions.
    • International Fine Print Dealers Association
      http://www.printdealers.com
      The website of this international association of print dealers includes information about members and their specializations, other print organizations, selected museum sites, and a discussion of “What is a print?.”
    • Spencer Museum of Art Print Room
      http://www.ku.edu/~sma/prints.html
      Among the wealth of useful information on this website are image maps showing high-resolution details of the various printmaking processes.
  • Suitcase Exhibit resource guide (PDF)

    The "Suitcase" exhibit illustrates the deinstitutionalization movement which swept through the psychiatric profession post World War II. The following is a sampling of resources related to deinstitutionalization found at The New York Public Library or more widely via the Internet. 

Chat with a librarian now

Customize This